Online Anonymity and protection for those who genuinely need it, whilst ending the damaging free-for-all for trolls is not only possible, it should have been done before

October 19, 2021 Leave a comment

We are regrettably navigating our way through times where emotions and the fear that drives them are having a disproportionate level of influence on what government and society collectively does.

Knee jerk reactions and decision making are the order of the day. Rather than reasoned, well thought out and methodical thinking that brings its rewards. Not through the extinguishing of immediate baseless worries, but by achieving the results that are right but unlikely to be clear at that precise moment in time.

There is no way to describe the murder of an MP in the middle of his local constituency clinic held in a church in any way other than being absolutely horrific. But there is also a significant danger that the emotional and fear driven responses to this dreadful event we are now witnessing may push immediate changes to public policy that could prove to be highly damaging to our society.

Those with a public voice within the discussion and debate taking place haven’t paused to consider just how raw emotions now are – including their own.

Taking a deep breath and counting to ten before thinking through the wider dynamics and consequences of the decisions they are now pushing would be a much better and more productive approach for us all.

Of the issues remerging between tackling Islamic extremism and the security of public representatives, both physically and online, it is the topic of online anonymity which seems to be shining through as the one where the crowd has focused its finger of blame.

As yet, and as may never be proven to be the case, there is no clear or overwhelming evidence yet that online anonymity even played a part in radicalising the individual who allegedly committed this crime, if as suggested, extremism was the motivating cause.

To hear or read the way the issue is being addressed by the public court of opinion, you could easily conclude that this is not the case. That the series of events and the way they unfolded are already unequivocally known by all, and that it is as such fair to conclude that online anonymity must be ended for all.

However, as with most situations, the question of whether having to identify yourself and who you are must be a requirement to have any kind of voice on an online public platform is a long way from being black or white or cut and dried.

The Trolls

There is a real problem with online trolling, abuse, woke activism and ‘piling-in’ from social media accounts that do nothing to identify the source or who is involved.

As things stand, setting up one or multiple anonymous social media accounts is very easy. There are no real systems or procedures in place to stop anyone who knows how the online platform sign-up processes work from using a range of user identities. They can do so simply to attack or criticise others, to publicise fake news or propaganda, or to build up very successful campaigns that could radicalise, promote conspiracies or built upon nothing but a tissue of lies.

Whilst the Police or Security Services can of course trace sources using IP addresses and other methods too, the reliance upon this system of reverse-engineering the process to find people who have broken existing laws or need to be warned puts an unnecessary burden on already stretched resources. That is of course if the alleged offence is considered troubling enough to be pursued.

Social Media account holders effectively have a free-for-all if they so desire.

So, if you are angry, frustrated and have it all underpinned by idealistic views and a sense of entitlement that the way social media account anonymity does nothing to counteract, you really can go to work on social media causing problems for others and saying whatever you want, pretty much without fear of consequence, unless you choose to use language that very few would see as a risk-free choice.

Whistle-blowers and Truth-tellers

Many of the comments ripping their way around the social media channels at the moment focus on a demand to legislate to end online anonymity. What they don’t do is address the argument that supports the need for anonymity for those with legitimate reasons, whilst excluding only those who have a malevolent purpose or simply get a kick out of being a troll.

With cancel culture and the explosion of woke or idealistic thinking based on lack of life experience and experience of others and a lack of tolerance for the views of others too, there exists a significant number of people who have knowledge and understanding that we all need to experience. These are people who can help everyone, but who are too afraid to speak out and put their name to what they say for fear of the consequences. Attacks and abuse that most people would agree are built upon nothing more than unreasoned and unacceptable hate.

The truth is only painful to those who need to hear it or wont accept it.  And in an age like the one we are now in, we have never needed the truth to be shared about everything with everyone in the way that we do right now.

With the protectionist and self-serving cultures that exist across high-level business and the public sector, we also need to protect those who want to bring light to the realities that underpin all the ills that society currently faces, without fear of professional repercussion or unnecessary overt risk.

Beyond those with a legitimate need for the protection of online anonymity, there are those of us who have simply not yet found the confidence to put a name to their voice. And if these individuals want to speak and do so without any intent to cause others any kind or any level of harm, why should they be discouraged from doing so?

Afterall, the very step of removing that online anonymity may be the one factor that halts their journey from one kind of life to another. Just another barrier to social mobility where lack of consideration of others could easily take away yet another individuals choice.

Social Media Platforms as online policeman

In an ideal world, we should be able to expect the owners and operators of the social media channels to already be dealing with these problems by tackling them before they even begin.

But the social media platforms aren’t doing anywhere near enough to tackle the problems that exist within the social media sphere.

Controversy, bad news and negative information are the catnip for posts going viral and as such the source of massive revenue generating clicks, they have little incentive to deal with or implement an effective way to police this behaviour when their master is profit and commercialism, rather than the wellbeing of the public that they tell us they are there to serve.

Online Anonymity for those who need it and a paper trail for all

Online anonymity is a privilege. Not a right.

Simply ending online anonymity will be a massive attack on freedom of expression and freedom of speech. Yet there must be a system that removes the voice and influence of those who wish harm upon others, simply because they disagree with them or want to impose an alternative view or truth.

The social media platforms could create a forward process of verification that would amount to the same thing as an application to gain a username, which could allow users to post anonymously, simply because their verified details are stored and therefore known.

However, you can bet that if the media platforms thought that there was a profitable or beneficial reason for them doing so, they would have already implemented such a system voluntarily by choice.

Such a lack of attention to this need and the existence of verification systems like that on Twitter which are seen by users as a badge to impress followers with rather than one which should give confidence in the legitimacy of their voice, realistically mean that these commercially-driven enterprises cannot be relied upon to develop and administrate a system that basically puts the needs of the public good first.

It necessarily follows that the best way to administer such a system would be to place it within impartial, third-party hands, where personal data is reliability kept safe, but where the level of legitimacy exists that will give confidence to all the parties involved.

The way to do this would be to do something like expand the scope of the services provided by the Information Commissioners Office (ICO), and require all users of public online (social media) platforms to register with them for a small fee, where their details will be logged and in return they can be given a unique identification number that the user can then register with online platforms to gain (or renew) their username, with the platform then continuing to allow them to exercise anonymity if it is the users choice.

Being given what is in effect a license to participate in public forums where privacy or protection cannot be assured as there is an absence of other appropriate regulations or rules would mean that all users immediately have skin in the game, as this method of access is something that could itself be withdrawn.

Yes, the system would be reliant upon having a robust system of governance in place which meant that it could not itself be abused or used to restrict access for anyone just because of who they are.

But at a time when the social media platforms are themselves restricting the publication of political material and the content of posts from people they don’t approve of or like, the fact is that an impartial qualification for users of this kind, might well have hidden benefits that could bring balance back to a heavily skewed system and help us to get things right.

Real or not, the story of the Chinese Hypersonic Missile may have just made another significant war inevitable

October 18, 2021 Leave a comment

There are plenty of attention-grabbing headlines out there at the moment. Yet beyond the ones that are creating the most noise, there is one working its way quietly through the different channels which really should be provoking a lot more thought than it might be.

Over the weekend, news has begun to surface that the Chinese Government successfully tested a nuclear-capable hypersonic missile in August, which flew around the World in low-level space before then descending to hit its target.

On its own, you might respond to this story by thinking ‘So what?!’. But in the context of everything that China is now doing and how they are imposing their presence in different ways around the World, we really should be considering the message that this aggressively ambitious and tyrannical State is sending in respect of its future plans.

In an age of conspiracies and at a time when China is known for the forceful approach it uses to impose the news it decides should be the accepted truth, there is now an inevitability to a new arms race that will extend far beyond the sabre rattling and build-up of conventional military capability in the region of the South China Sea we have recently seen.

Whether the stories of this apparent quantum leap in military technology are true or not, it is the response from Western leadership to the perceived threat and the resultant perceptions of our politicians to this news that will constitute both a real and troubling risk to us all.

Whilst everything the Chinese Government is doing, whether economically, politically or militarily is now a genuine threat, the result of the action or the pathway to what we may now anticipate to be future action will only be inevitable if Government behaves as if it is and our politicians respond in a way that suggests that that the Chinese must be feared on the basis that the ‘if’ has already been ‘done’.

Some will fall into the trap of believing that our politicians can take a measured and sensible response to anything they are afraid of, but nonetheless don’t completely understand.

Yet the handling of the whole Covid Pandemic has demonstrated that this is not the case. Some 20 months on, the UK is on the brink of an economic if not complete cross-societal crash. But the Johnson Government is still insisting on rolling out freedom-zapping polices based not on what has actually happened, but on the picture they have created around what could be within the Covid ‘myth’.

Taiwan, activity and rhetoric around the South China Sea, their behaviour towards Hong Kong and then our close partners like Australia, their treatment of the Muslim Uighurs, the increasingly questionable role they played in the arrival of covid-19 and the economic crack down they are now pursuing on companies in China itself, all point to a very clear plan for World dominance. And that was before a nuclear capable missile system that could render even the US defence systems useless came into view.

To the Chinese Government, people of any race are expendable – including their own. And it is with this in mind that whilst the Chinese Government may not find the idea of worldwide Armageddon desirable in terms of the outcome that they are working towards and now so clearly want, we should not fall into the trap of thinking that they will never use such weapons, IF they have them to use.

The Chinese Government arguably understands the weaknesses of contemporary Western Political thinking, better than Western politicians do themselves. So, they may well conclude that their measured use of such a weapon will force what they clearly recognise as being weak-minded leadership in the West to capitulate, because our political class do not understand the realities of choice.

The leaders that we have are not leaders. And the role they are playing with China today and those closer to home who behave like them carries worrying echoes of the whole sorry episode through the 1930s when challenged with an ambitious tyrant in Europe who had none of the capabilities that the Chinese do, the political class and the establishment around them insisted that appeasement was the one and only way.

In the Chinese Government, we are not dealing with an entity that plays fairly or conducts itself primarily in open view or in plain sight.

The Chinese Government has worked tirelessly and ruthlessly to embed its people across Western society. And with the financial influence it has wielded – which has been snapped up and given a warm welcome by greed-driven Western Politicians and businesses – they already have significant levers of influence and infiltration that they are clearly now using as part of a greater strategy to undertake and achieve their nefarious aims.

For as long as we have politicians in power who do not recognise the difference between right and wrong where self-interest is concerned and doing the right thing, even when the outcome of doing so remains completely incalculable or unknown, we have now entered a time when we are at risk from Chinese influence and plans.

The UK should now be working proactively and with purpose to disentangle ourselves from everything that touches Chinese Government reach. Meanwhile, the UK should also be rebuilding and developing both our defensive and offensive military capabilities, whether they be cyber, in the air, at sea or on land.

At this moment in time, the Chinese have made no land grabs other than to create Islands in the South China Sea as part of its claim to a broad territory where in every respect other than its accepted name, there are a number of other Countries and sovereign powers that have a much clearer and fair territorial claim over this rather large area of sea.

But if they should invade and take Taiwan by force – which now looks like it will be their first overtly expansionist step, there will be good reason to believe that we will have entered the first stages of an inevitable war. Inevitable, because once the Chinese have taken Taiwan and seen that the Western powers will not fight them over what is an independent Country that is aligned with Western values, they will be emboldened to begin projecting their power elsewhere either by taking further territory or by making massive regressive demands on the way that the rest of the world operates and works.

Whilst Marxism and any form of socialism is completely flawed, recent history is littered with the corpses of the innocent people who are disappeared as this twisted ideology that has been painted as being in the interests of the community are imposed.

But that doesn’t mean a Country like China and its ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) won’t continue to try. And it is because of this and what is happening right now that the UK and the whole World beyond is facing a period of massive risk and what may well now be an inevitable period of significant war.

Brexit: One day of democratic justice followed by five and a half years of political tomfoolery

October 15, 2021 Leave a comment

Ask the question “Who is responsible for Brexit still being an issue today” and whoever you talk to, you’ll probably elicit the same response as the whole debate did nearly six years ago.

In fact, for some people the debate, question and whole issue simply isn’t settled. And after the comments made by Dominic Cummings in recent days that have inflamed the passions of unsatisfied Remainers, you wouldn’t be blamed for wondering if it ever will be.

Had you been able to get odds on the specifics of what Boris and his shotgun Cummings were actually up to in their dealings with the EU in the run up to the 2019 General Election, chances are that a punt on them agreeing to anything on a buy-now, pay-or-send-it-back-later footing just to ‘get Brexit done’, would always yield a great return. Naturally, like most things that happen behind the veil of government in this Country, you wouldn’t have got those odds, because there never would have been any certainty that anyone would ever know the truth.

Now that Cummings has blown apart any myth that still existed over the integrity of those particular negotiations, you might easily understand why the EU might now accuse the UK of acting in bad faith. It has certainly given good excuse to those still emotionally entrenched to the idealistic concept of EU Membership to argue that the UK should immediately be pushed straight back into EU hands.

Reality is made up not of just one, but at least three different truths. It is often constructed of many more. As a minimum, there’s the one side or perspective, the other, potentially many more, and then there’s the objective truth.

In the case of Brexit and where we are right now, there are at least four perspectives that should be considered before anyone gets too excited about who is actually right.

There are the Leavers, the Remainers, the EU, the key Influencers (politicians) – oh and last, but by no means least, there are the majority of voters too. And it is this last part of the Brexit equation that should always have been the one to really count when it came to the motivations and interpretations of the key influencers and any more besides.

Brexit was a great, democratically-made decision, taken by the British People. But it has been executed dreadfully by British Politicians on both the Remain and Leave sides.

This is where the real problem with Brexit and any practical fallout that may influencing or in some way contributing to the different shortages and growing list of crises we are experiencing today now lie.

Over a period of three years, this political class used every tool and bent every rule that they could to obfuscate and destroy any chance of the UK immediately developing a forward looking independent relationship between the UK and the EU. One that would really work and benefit us both in the way that continued Membership of the EU never would.

Subsequently, with the deck already stacked ridiculously in favour of the EU retaining powers over a fully independent UK that no foreign power should ever have, by dishonest Remain-obsessed MPs, the Johnson Administration took over with an overriding belief that similar acts of dishonesty and a lack of transparency were the only way to achieve what they wanted. It would appear to be the case that Cummings has effectively confirmed this week that they openly lied.

The whole thing is a real mess. One that right now could still have massive consequences for Northern Ireland as well as the wider UK.

It wasn’t the decision of the British People to reject Membership of the EU that was flawed. It has been the self-interest, stupidity and outright tomfoolery of our political classes from the moment that the Referendum Votes were counted and the result was announced, that have made a challenging situation look like it could be impossible to resolve.

There always were and still are very practical ways to resolve the issues over the Northern Ireland Border and how goods travel via the UK to the Irish Republic without invoking the need for all traffic to go by Sea, direct.

The proposals that have been tabled by Lord Frost this week and what it remains possible to do at a very practical level will hopefully mean that a genuinely workable Border and Customs arrangement can be put in place relatively quickly. One with a working operational model that is potentially so straightforward, future questions will be more along the lines of ‘why wasn’t this put on the table before.

The problem, as always when it comes to anything to do with Brexit, will be the obstacles and blind alleys created by those still committed to UK Membership of the EU.

Of these, not least of all will be those created by the autocratic EU itself, which is likely to continue to take every dishonest step that it can to bolster the cause of those who are still obsessive about Remain – or what we should perhaps now call ‘Return’.

Apparently having shot itself in the foot by taking steps to create the panic that led to the Fuel Shortages in recent weeks, the exclusion of influential Industry Groups with agendas like the Road Haulage Association from any discussions over what will practically work and what steps need to be taken to get the job done can only help the Governnment in the goal of finally getting Brexit done properly.

However, many obstacles to that most desirable outcome remain endemic within the public sector and our whole system of government.

The reality is that there will continue to be a requirement for a very serious level of single-mindedness and leadership if the best solution is to be found and implemented as quickly as possible, and there then to be a mutually shared recognition that the best way of working together for everyone has finally been found.

A new ‘nationalisation’ of essential Public Services is necessary to help head off the Cost-of-Living Crisis. But Public Sector reform, removal of union influence and practical reality is essential too

October 14, 2021 Leave a comment

Any service necessary for each every one of us to function in our daily activities and continue to be an active member of society should be shielded from the constraints and bias of private interests and maintained under impartial public or community control.

Yet this is not where we are in the UK today. The problems that having so many public facing services under the direct control or heavy influence of private, profit-making interests is now impacting our lives like never before.

First things first. My reason for writing about ‘Nationalisation’ today is of course related to the energy crisis being caused by escalating prices of natural gas supplies which are being brought in from Europe and beyond.

It is important to be clear here that the price of these supplies before they reach the UK wouldn’t matter whoever is in control of utility companies across the UK.

But the fact that we are in the situation that we now are says more about the way that Government has dealt with the energy question for a long time, and how successive governments have failed us strategically over and over again.

This is where I will refocus onto the rather pressing question of who controls public energy provision in the UK and therefore the ongoing cost.

The pathway to today’s mess

Privatisation was probably the most damaging legacy of the Thatcher years. Not because the many Public Companies that were sold off didn’t need to be run better or placed in more capable hands as they most certainly did.

Privatisation was inherently damaging because that ‘Conservative’ Government failed to recognise that any shareholder-led business will always put the value of their business and what they earn from it before anything else. When handed a virtual monopoly, the owners of private ‘industries’ will ultimately dictate the prices of everything so that their margins rise and are maintained first.

Yes, a public sell-off sold to us all under the premise that we could all become owners of the services that worked for us sounded like a great plan. And it might have been, if all those shares that started off in small tranches sat in the back pockets of welders, builders and secretaries hadn’t been sold off when the promise of a quick return quickly passed them all into large corporate and deep-pocketed hands.

On the face of it, it seems extraordinary that the so-called Party of Business could not have foreseen that with the wider changes that they were facilitating and contributing at the time, this is how things would soon be.

But as we are learning to our continuing and significant cost, foresight and thought for the impact of decisions and what will then happen when the chain of subsequent decisions are six or seven times

removed are in short supply when our current crop of politicians are involved.

The reality today is that the energy sector doesn’t exist to provide us all with light, heat, electricity with the purpose of serving the public in the best ways that it can.

The UK energy sector today exists to provide dividends and profit to shareholders with a level of power and influence that our politicians gave it, which guarantees that it can.

The fact that private interests can command profit levels which leave parents, families and people both old and young who live on their own, rationing their power and heat, is an absolute travesty.

With all the related personal harms that follow, such as anxiety, social issues, food poverty (where heat and power is prioritised), it is incredible that any government – Conservative, Labour or anything else – wouldn’t see and prioritise addressing this matter as a No.1 cause.

Re-Nationalisation & Cultural Reform of the Public Sector

But here we are.

We have to consider the other questions around returning to public ownership and the provision of energy in the UK today and tomorrow first.

The Labour Party is talking about Nationalisation again. And in terms of the principle of returning public services to public or community-focused ownership, I would certainly have to agree.

However, what would be as bad, if not worse than what we have and what people are experiencing today, would be for all of these companies, industries and sectors just to be returned to a situation where civil servants and union barons have control.

With the public sector in desperate need from the sclerotic, protectionist environment and culture that it now is, the last thing the UK public would need is for energy to be under the control of people who hide behind their job titles to excuse their ineptitude by being ‘public servants’. It is an entire sector living in fear of wokeism and everything that could lose them their comfortable salaries and pensions.

As such you can be certain that these re-nationalised services handed back to the Public Sector as it is would immediately capitulate to union control.

Let’s be quite fair about Unions. There was a time when they provided a great service to the low paid and to mistreated employees. The Union Movement certainly precipitated and even facilitated great and positive change.

But that was a Century ago, and with even a fraction of the rules and regulations around employment that now exist, Unions have long since become an archaic device that does nothing more than further the self interest of a few by pushing damaging industrial action. And just like with the banks and big company fat cats, it is the general public that ends up paying the inevitable price.

So whatever model of Nationalisation that were undertaken, it would be essential that public sector reform and the removal of union influence be right at the top of the policy change list, and that is where some of the biggest political controversies lie. Or at least they do at the current time.

The model would most certainly not work if it was anything near to being like the publicly owned model of service companies from the 1970’s and before. But there are ways that a good operational model that priorities service to the public first can be achieved and run on very commercial lines. Just as long as the governance and the people who are able to influence those systems of government are the right people with the right values to do that job.

Energy Provision must be practical today with idealism helping us do things better for tomorrow

Going around in what feels like a bit of a circle, we now come back to the issue at hand today.

Beyond the immediacy of the impending ‘energy crisis’ itself, the issue is UK energy self-sufficiency; How we maintain that self-sufficiency and how we meet the fluctuations of domestic and business demands night and day, seven days a week and 365 days of the year.

Right now, the UK isn’t achieving this. That is why small energy companies are going bust as they cannot supply energy to customers at the prices they have committed themselves to.

It’s why the monopolistic members of this exclusive utility club are piling pressure on Ofgem and the Government to be unleashed from the restraints of price caps that will allow them to charge whatever it costs them to buy wholesale energy – whilst maintaining or continuing to grow profits and dividend payments that will just extend the unnecessary and avoidable pain that is steadily affecting the lives of us all.

Whilst we have to wake up to the risk to us all that climate change has created, and accept that the ideas, habits and thinking behind them now have to change, we cannot allow impractical idealism rule over the process if we want to achieve aimed for result, without causing a lot more harm and pain.

Green Energy is expensive to the public, because it isn’t as efficient, reliable and doesn’t offer providers the same kind of returns as traditional sources of energy with technology and management in its current form.

Making Public Policy commitments and setting timelines to phase out technology that works now, is proven and is reliable on the basis of alternatives that are unproven, not evolved to a workable degree or haven’t even been developed yet is government and political foolishness in the extreme.

It is incredible that power stations have already been decommissioned that could have now still been in use. And before anyone one starts to argue about the need to stop using fossil fuels for this purpose – which most will readily agree must happen as soon as we can provide alternatives consistently that make sense to do so – please take a good look at what China and other Countries with significantly higher carbon footprints are doing right now.

One of those alternatives, at least for a realistic and continuing period of time, has to be a greater reliance on our own UK Nuclear Power production and the development of smaller reactors that may be easier to commission and put into service, making energy production localised as quickly as possible once more.

We are not safe from foreign or malign interest of any kind for as long as these services that are essential to our lives remain out of public hands.

It should now be the priority of government run by whoever in power it might be, to return the UK to full self sufficiency of energy production in whatever form necessary to achieve this in the shortest time.

Once we our energy self-sufficient and only when we are, the priority must then be to promote the development of the greenest alternatives possible, ensuring that they are always available, are reliable and that they make being green a voluntary and easy choice, rather than one which is imposed by law or default.

If you think there is any logic behind the problems now unfolding across the World, think again. There certainly wasn’t any in the way that it was all caused

October 13, 2021 Leave a comment

I spent the evening with a friend after happily watching a Rugby match on Saturday. As we had a pint or two at the Village Pub afterwards and his wife joined us for a while, he listened on incredulously as we talked about the growing number of empty shelves in the local supermarkets, and we then began to talk about the global supply chain issues that are blocking up ports around the World.

As you may well imagine, the topic of conversation didn’t end there and we were soon covering fuel prices, farm production issues and plenty more.

The conversation that the three of us had was just a reflection of a much wider debate that is underway daily on social media and to a lesser degree the mainstream media. It had plenty in common with that wider conversation or debate in terms of what is causing the problems and what will happen next.

Some people really don’t care – yet. Others are just looking for ways to make whatever they hate like Brexit take the responsibility. And those who are laying all of this at the door of the Covid Pandemic really are just doing exactly the same.

If you take the time to read the different comments and do so by looking at what is being said by pundits and commentators that include the ones you don’t really like, you might begin to see the emergence of a theme.

Everyone with a public voice, audience and echo chamber is banging on about the issues for sure. But they are doing so through the lens of their own experience, whatever they are passionate about or whatever they believe to be their cause.

For a long time, this way of doing news and latterly social media hasn’t really seemed to matter. But what’s most interesting about this commonality, which is based upon different views, is the myopic thinking involved means that very few of them are even attempting to begin joining up all the dots.

It is rather like a default setting of the human condition, coupled with the way that we are culturally conditioned to think now, that someone, somewhere is always to blame for everything and that everything we experience in the world has some kind of reasoned or logical cause.

The events that we are now experiencing look easy to blame on whatever seems to be most convenient or most obvious – depending on your experience or world view. But if you start to look further and think about the way events are unfolding, you might see that there is no longer any pattern to any of the things that are happening. They really are very random, and this means that these crises that are unfolding as a perfect storm around us really do have no logic at their centre or as a direct cause.

Brexit isn’t to blame. Covid isn’t to blame. But both have played their part.

Brexit was a symptom. Covid initiated a response that has just made all that was already bad, significantly worse.

We are here because of those same default settings of the human condition that I mentioned above. Another of which is the lack of self-awareness in people with power and influence that encourages and propagates self-interest and greed.

It is an obsession with self and profit that has led to all of this. We have been taught to value monetary and material wealth above all things. But those things are equal to the few in a very different kind of way. And when you are one of that few and so absorbed and so obsessed with the accumulation of profit, wealth and advancement in the way that they all are, your decisions are all made within the confines of that very self-absorbed bubble, where your decisions continually benefit you but have horrifically dire consequences for us all.

Such thinking is dangerously myopic, short sighted and made without thought for the impact upon the next person, let along those who are 6, 7 or 8 times removed.

This is decision making which is made only with the logic of self interest and so in terms of the impact on the world itself there is no logic to any of it, it is random, and the consequences are random endings for us all.

There is such a thing as The Law of Consequence. The Rule of Cause and Effect. It is a way of restoring balance to any system that is skewed and working unfairly. No matter how long it takes, a system running on and being led by greed in the way that it has been, will find its way back to a point of dynamic balance, or the whole thing will end up being destroyed.

Put simply, you can’t keep rising prices, lowering wages and taking good jobs and the ability to be self-sustaining for the many, to the point where what is left can be bought or accumulated by some other nefarious means by the few, without the whole thing coming unstuck. That is the point we have reached now.

Some will call what’s happening an act of God. Others already view it as part of a worldwide conspiracy. It’s not.

The reality is that we are now in the age of consequence. Decades of greed and selfishness and the pain it has caused on the part of decision makers and those with undue influence will soon be over.

A series of unforeseen events that went against the script have led decision makers to go too far and over the top by continuing to stick like glue to a tried and tested formula and the approaches they have been taking.

Random decision making is literally about to lead the system that has been enriching the few to implode under the cloud of a vast succession of crises and seemingly random events.

The opportunity for great change and a very different way of being about to present itself for us all.

Categories: Uncategorized

Insulate Britain are fronting up to a weak and stupid Government that will probably award itself draconian measures to stop them, then use those measures on all of us

October 13, 2021 Leave a comment

Perhaps the biggest irony in the recent spate of road closures instigated by members of ‘Insulate Britain’, is that they share an impractically idealistic approach to changing environmental policy with the very same Government that they ultimately intend to antagonise.

Both the Government and the Protestors believe that by forcing change or imposing green policies unilaterally on the UK they can change the whole world without there being any consequences or impact for any of the population involved.

There is of course a regrettable element of truth to the group’s suggestion that the only way they can force government change is by causing us all pain. As a Country, we are now in the early stages of a massive crisis which will touch everything and everyone – yet none of us will accept that reality until the real impact of it literally hits our lives direct.

Unfortunately for Insulate Britain and for us all as we peer over a very steep cliff, the kind of pain that will change the way a whole Country and culture thinks will need to reach way beyond just a couple of issues and the inconvenience that closing a few roads or airports will bring. We are talking pain that touches numerous areas of our lives.

However, if you are one of those who believes there’s no such thing as climate change or has some agenda that flourishes by pushing that way of thinking upon others, it’s definitely time for you to start thinking again.

Climate change is real. Private, profit-making interests have been pushing a low-cost retail pricing myth for decades which is very lucrative for them but has imposed significant costs for the environment and for our planet. And that’s before we even get onto the subject of the damage this has all done to the way we think.

We are now a consumer led, retail obsessed, it-must-come-at-the-touch-of-a-button, increasingly entitled society.

On one hand, we will not give up those things we take for granted easily. Yet on the flipside, the way the system operates means that very few of us could actually afford to embrace change for the better, even if we were in a place where our thoughts had caught up with reality and made it clear that we should try.

We need to change the way we think, and we need to change our thinking quickly. But we also have to work with where thinking in the UK is now and the practicalities of a situation where the way our world works right now is anything but green.

But the world is already changing. Opportunities to do things a much better way will come. But not until we have lived through and dealt with a lot of pain.

Shortages are going to become more and more commonplace. Those shortages are set to increase across all parts of the supply chain as the months go by. Rationing of goods that reach far beyond diesel and petrol may not be very far away.

We are in the early stages of a massive period of crisis and change where a rebalancing of everything is underway. But no politician, activist or high-powered influencer can control any of it now in any way.

As things become increasingly difficult for us and each and every one of us experience our lives being touched by the challenges that lie ahead, we will become more and more open to new ways of thinking. We will see new ways of working together. New ways of living our lives are set to come.

It is when the challenges really start to hurt us and affect our own lives directly that the opportunities to change policy across government, the public sector and business sectors will present themselves in a very different and future-changing manner. They will allow us to move forward in a very different, thoughtful and considered way.

The timeline to all of this may well be incredibly short or may be years long. We really are at the thin end of a very thick wedge with empty shelves and driver shortages right now. And this compilation of different but equally serious crises is going to have major widespread impacts for sure.

Unfortunately, we have a Government, political class and establishment obsessed with maintaining a level of control that it doesn’t actually have.

The politicians involved have a track record of creating policy without thought and consideration for the wider consequences, and they do so as a knee jerk reaction to whatever is going on in the media.

On the face of it, there will be some who admire the way that ‘road closure’ protestors have applied themselves, not only with glue, but in the way but they are maintaining their protests, sometimes on a daily basis.

What Insulate Britain don’t realise is they’re running a risk of instigating a change which could have serious consequences for us all. Especially as everything else around us begins to deteriorate.

As the road-blocking protests go on and get more severe, the Government is increasingly likely to turn to legislation to help them deal with it in ways that will enable the police or perhaps even the military to stop protests like these.

Once the current problem is dealt with, this new legislation won’t be parked and put on a shelf. It is likely to be picked up applied and used on the people who are becoming increasingly frustrated, angry and upset about the way the Government is treating us all over their handling of Covid and the not so new, continually self-serving world that they are now trying to impose.

Never has the time existed when we have needed reasoned and considered dialogue between people on different sides of all the debates as we do right now.

Regrettably, as yet, people haven’t been affected seriously enough as yet to take part. They are not yet ready to talk to each other, communicate with each other and respect each other in the way that we all need to.

It is going to take the impact of the changes that are coming and the challenges that we face to touch all of our lives before we are collectively ready to embrace dialogue and change in a much more positive and forward looking way.

No matter what you’re passionate about or what motivates you in terms of the things that must change, the biggest risk to change is the fact that we are not even trying to come together today to overcome the very small number of things which divide us. We must focus on the things that we share in common that will allow us to deal with the problems we face tomorrow together and in a very different way.

If you are convinced this is all a conspiracy, why aren’t you doing anything to stop it. Is being able to say you were right going to help when it all goes wrong?

October 12, 2021 Leave a comment

‘You will have nothing, and you will be happy about it’ is a line that is sending a chill down the spine of many who believe that there is a conspiracy behind all the Government is doing to the UK today.

The source is the infamous Klaus Schwab who founded and leads the World Economic Forum (WEF). He has been given what seems to be a meaningful voice by the elite status that the WEF appears to command, purely because the World’s ‘elites make a regular visit to this rather elaborate members club to get chummy. Understandably, it’s giving some of us the impression that this is the seat of power that rules the entire world.

Whether or not you believe that the WEF is where World power lies; whether of not you believe that Covid is all part of the creation of a New World Order, or whether or not you believe something completely different about all the things that are happening in the UK and across the World today, the one thing we have in common right now, is that unless we are a member of that protected and gilded elite, we are ALL going to be well-and-truly in the shite when everything that can go wrong and is going to go wrong, has finally done so.

Yet today, as we watch more and more problems across the UK unfold, like shortages and rising energy prices that everyone seems to have a different reason to explain, NOBODY is doing anything or taking any of the steps that are necessary for us to take back control of our Country. Absolutely no effort is being made to make the start on what is going to be a long and very challenging process to put everything right.

Instead, everyone with a voice, everyone with passion, everyone who could be contributing to the creation and development of an alternative to what we are experiencing and the politicians who are in charge of it are obsessed either with being right or with their own interpretation of the injustices behind what’s happening. Instead, we should all be focusing on what needs to be done so that at the end of this, it is the majority and not the few are the ones who win.

If we were to agree that this all is a conspiracy and that what we are experiencing is the way that a New World Order begins, the choice that we are collectively making, either to obsess over whose voice is heard, being right or making everyone who disagrees with us wrong, means that through the resulting inaction, we are actually voting for or directly giving our consent to whatever this political class – and anyone they suck up to – has in store.

‘And you will be happy about it’ is actually political doublespeak for just this – because by not voting for change, you voted for this all to continue. You didn’t do anything to create, develop and support the alternative. So, you are saying you are happy with it, and you therefore consented to all of it – simply because you didn’t select the alternative choice.

That alternative choice is real. It’s the alternative choice that we must have in place and on ballot papers for everyone to support at the next General Election.

But to have that choice, its you and I that have to create it and develop it now. Or when the time comes, we really will experience all the things that these elite idealists want to steward into existence using a chain of national and world crisis to do so.

They will then use all of the propaganda options they have to isolate us and the way we think so that we question ourselves (again) and really do believe that the world of bondage they have created is for our benefit rather than theirs and for us all it was a personal or private choice.

The aims of this Government, their friends and this whole rancid political class can only be inevitable if we fail to exercise the right and freedom we have to choose.

But to bring into being the situation and circumstances that will enable us to make that choice, we have to do the work to get there first.

That work begins by changing the way we think and changing the way we are looking at all the things that are going on around us. By changing the way we think about the people we see as disagreeing with us. We have to be open to embracing a very different way of thinking and of looking at the world by our own voluntary choice.

Whilst the media tells us many different stories, none of the journalists or commentators behind or within the stories are joining up any of the dots.

Beyond those stories are many more besides, and what all the different stories have in common is that everything happening now us affecting one or more of us in some way, but we are falling into the trap of believing that the only story that is important is the one that has directly come into our own experience and therefore is affecting our lives.

Yet it’s the same for everyone. And everyone has a different take on Covid, on shortages, on education, on the cost-of-living crisis, on the cost of transport, on food poverty, on house building which means that all the things going on across all of our lives that could be changed for the better with public policy should be a priority for all of us as part of that conscious choice.

We have so much more in common with each other than that which is being used to divide us. But its up to us to be big enough to accept that we have to deal and be prepared to work with all those priorities so that we can get to the nest General Election and not only know that we have a voice, but also be able to choose to support that credible alternative choice.

For me there is no value in making anyone else wrong, especially when to do so is getting trapped by detail, when in reality we have all been aiming for the same result or outcome all along.

We have the opportunity to change our future for the better and to make sure that we have capable and caring politicians in power who are actually capable of leading us through a crisis and all of the problems that are regrettably yet to come.

We have the power to begin that process of change right now, by coming together and recognising that what we have in common is a result, aim or outcome that we will all experience differently in the way it affects our lives, but in terms of the mechanics of getting there and getting the right people into power, the process is very much the same.

Please visit A New Party For All and let’s take the first steps towards the end of injustice for everyone, towards ending the influence of the self-interested few and towards creating the different world that works in the best way that it can for us all.

#ANewPartyForAll

There is no alternative to the Government we’ve got: Yet.

October 11, 2021 Leave a comment

There’s a lot of frustration and a lot of disquiet about the mess we are in. But nobody is joining up the dots where it comes to what needs to happen next…

A New Party For All is a work in progress. But it is a starting point too.

We’ve just launched this Website and published a growing number of policies so that we can help to create and build a conversation, discussion and debate about what the British Political landscape will need to resemble, and the kind of policies that it will be required to champion and implement, IF We are to collectively experience the kind of change and future that will genuinely work during this very challenging time that we are now in and as we meet the issues that lie ahead.

A New Party For All isn’t here to compete against anyone or any other group or organisation that is already flagging, discussing or even challenging issues that people now face. A New Party For All is here, because none of the people or groups who are discussing or challenging those issues are joining up the dots, dealing with the realities of this situation that are hiding in plain sight, or even paying lip service to the very different and for some counterintuitive approach that turning all of this on its head and winning against the establishment will now take.

If you are one of those people who has had enough of the Johnson Government and everything the political culture that feeds it has allowed them to do and inflict upon us all over the past 19 months since the Covid Pandemic began, it could well be very clear to you that the way to solve the problems we face – like vaccine passports or threats of further lockdowns – can be solved by simply overturning the decisions that Politicians have already made.

Unfortunately, this isn’t the case. And as you then look at things like fuel shortages, the growing number of empty shelves, the threat of energy prices going up hundreds of pounds, driver shortages and many other problems that are starting to emerge, you might begin to see that the one element or theme that is common to them all is that it is the politicians we have today or people in recent decades who have been just like them who are linked to all of it, in the middle of it and always somehow involved.

These problems are only going to get worse. And the challenges that we face as a Country and as Communities don’t stop there.

In fact, people like you and I are experiencing problems each and every day that are being glossed over, ignored and in the majority of cases actually made worse by the incompetent nature and stupidity of the political class that runs everything from the top to bottom of government. Only made worse by the way our media works tirelessly to push and further the accepted establishment narrative and ignores the realities of the many different lives that we experience, whilst prioritising the stories and agendas that will inevitably end up rewarding the same few.

This ‘machine’ is so powerful, that we have long since passed the point when people outside the sphere of political influence at Westminster and even in local Councils could speak up and make any of these people change direction or reconsider what they do or even say.

It is because of this that getting real change to happen means that we cannot continue to keep believing that the UKs political system will do anything to serve us effectively if we continue to behave as it wants us to – in exactly the same way.

What you feel, what you think and what you have to say about the decisions other people make that have an effect on your life and the way that you experience it are very important. Your voice should never be taken for granted. Your voice should never be ignored.

People who work in, run and are closely aligned in their thinking with the establishment and everything that this political culture does have nothing to gain by doing anything or allowing anything to happen which could disrupt or remove their own influence upon what is a gravy train for many, and a very lucrative way of being for more than a few.

So making your voice heard again and ensuring that decisions on public policy will be made that will address the questions you have and make sense of the problems that you have in a way that will make a difference to you, means that we all have to think differently about how we go forward, so that it is our collective voice that starts to do the talking across the country, rather than us continuing to feel and assume that we are all divided, in a way that perpetrates the myth that we are being represented well by the self-serving few.

Nobody else is going to do all the work that needs to be done for us. We all have to play a part if real change and not just more propaganda and bullshit is what we really now want.

And NOW is when we need to begin making the difference and then commit to doing all that is necessary to achieve it too.

To have an alternative at the next General Election, that is credible and connects with enough of us so that it wins majority support, WE have to begin working to create and build that alternative RIGHT NOW.

When the next General Election is called, it will simply be too late.

The Conservative Party doesn’t even represent conservatism anymore. In fact, the only ‘ism’ that any of the existing political parties including Labour and the Liberal Democrats now represent is ‘Anythingism’. It literally means that they will do anything to make sure that they secure your vote. They will literally tell you anything they have to, because to them power is everything and to keep it, anything goes.

WE have to change today, if we want our experiences to change tomorrow. And this means focusing on the many things that we have in common, rather than continually remaining divided by what is only a few.

WE can only do this if we look beyond the disagreements that we seem to have in public, made worse by the behaviour of politicians, the media and the narratives that they are pushing, which in many cases are convincing people we would normally love to share a pint with or share a walk with that we are a threat to them and that anyone who doesn’t agree with us must be punished because a different view means that they can only be wrong.

WE now need to talk about and share our experiences of all the issues that we now face. Different issues are priorities for different people. And it is by recognising that the different issues that are important to different people are just as important and need to addressed as if they were just as important to each of us, that we will become the effective voice as the many and remove the monopoly of the few.

A New Party For All is here to be the start of that process. It is a hand reaching out to invite all of us to come together and tackle the issues and to agree on OUR plans for the future – ALL IN ONE PLACE.

The focus of A NEW PARTY FOR ALL isn’t about the method, who’s in charge or what philosophies we are going to follow. It’s about identifying the aims and our destination, giving us the opportunity to recognise all the great things that we have in common, so that we are then led only by doing everything by first identify not what is easy or works just for us, but what works best for everyone and no matter how hard it is to do, that we do it because it is what is right.

Please visit: www.anewpartyforall.org

Categories: Uncategorized

A New Party For All – Website Launch

October 1, 2021 Leave a comment

Hi Everyone,

Those of you who follow and read the Blogs that I regularly write will be aware that I have often talked about an alternative to the Politicians and the Political Class that we have currently got.

In recent months and as the stupidity of the Government has begun to manifest into real problems for everyone, I have mentioned the idea or concept of ‘A New Party For All’ a number of times.

When I stepped away from one of the three well-known political party groups in September 2013, I knew that I would lose my Council Seat. But I had to make it clear that party policy, backroom political deals and self-interest were not the way to provide public representation and that the needs of the Electorate must always come first – no matter how challenging for politicians that might seem.

Regrettably for us all, the problems I was aware of then that are present at all levels of Government and throughout the Public Sector have not improved. In fact, those problems have got significantly worse. And the Johnson Government response to Covid has amplified or sped up those problems and a deteriorating situation and made a coming crisis that was always going to be bad, a hell of a lot worse.

Being the political anorak that I quietly am, I have followed what the Government has been doing since the Covid Pandemic began. I even started writing Blogs about how the decisions that the Johnson Government were taking were not the only options available, and that there were always alternative ways to handle this Pandemic that would be fairer to us all, and not be damaging to the UKs already precarious financial situation in anything like the same way.

As the month rolled by, the number of people who were awake to what was really going on and how much damage was being done to lives and to the whole Country without any need or obligation to do so started to rise.

But nobody has come up with the solutions or the different approach and way of looking at everything that is wrong and deals with the practical and political realities of what it will take to deliver change, and that the key factor will always be creating a political alternative to the three well known political parties that can fight a General Election against all of them and then win.

The cost to us all of not having a credible alternative to the three well known political parties will be very serious indeed.

Fuel Shortages, Driver Shortages, rapidly rising Energy Bills and all the things that are happening around us right now are really just the start.

We need to think differently and I’m glad to say that there is definitely a different way.

But instead obsessing about who leads, who is the voice, whose ideas are right, whose ideas are wrong or who has to be in charge, we must all accept that it is what is in the best interests of us all that must be the one and only driver and the one and only voice.

There is a lot of pain coming to the UK. Things are not going to be the same as they were at any time we can remember before.

Life will change for us all and we all have a part to play in making the very best of that change. But voting for whichever one of the three well-known political parties says all the right things at the next General Election will not be enough. Because with them, the more they change, the more they stay the same. Their words are illusion and voting for them is an elephant trap that will guarantee more pain for all the same people, for up to 5 years more.

It is not inevitable that the next Government will be Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat or made up of some kind of mix of the three. But it will happen if we do not take responsibility for creating the alternative that we want, and they are doing all that we can or feel able to do so, to give it our full support.

We cannot change the future to one that will be better for everyone if we focus on single issues and think that is enough to give our very diverse population any kind of meaningful choice.

Today I have launched a website called A New Party For All, where I have begun to publish a range of Policies – not as the end product, but so there is a place for the conversation, dialogue and therefore the change to begin.

Whoever you are and whatever your politic affiliations or beliefs, please spare the time to visit, to read, to get in touch or comment, to go back to your friends, families and social media platforms and share.

If we do not seize the opportunity now and take the proactive steps and measures that the way politics tells us that we now should, we will be stuck with nothing but the same when the next General Election comes.

We have an opportunity to be the empowerment of a new way of being in this Country, to fix all the problems we have and to build a system of government that provides public services that always have the end user in mind, just as it always should.

Best wishes to all,

Adam

http://www.anewpartyforall.org

No Politician can control the rebalancing process now underway. There is pain ahead and a decision for us all to make before we will get through this to where the UK needs to be

September 24, 2021 2 comments

If you are looking for the reasons behind all the things that are now going wrong, whether it is staff shortages, petrol and diesel running out, empty supermarket shelves, escalating gas and electricity prices, the rapid rise of the cost of living or ‘real’ inflation that we will soon recognise as hyperinflation, or the motives behind vaccine passports, the first and most important thing you need to know and understand is that everything is linked.

No. Not by Brexit. In fact, Brexit was just another symptom of a much deeper set of problems that all began in the very same place.

Yes. Crazy as it might sound, all of the problems we know about and are yet to come don’t have logical explanations that some economist, financier or academic can explain – although they will almost certainly try. But the events we are talking about do all have a lot of common ground.

Before I go any further, I’d like to ask you if you think the world as you experience it is really fair? It doesn’t matter whether it’s the cost of the things you buy and the services you pay for, access to the opportunities that you or the people close to you are looking for, perhaps the provision of public services or local public policies and how that affects you. I’d like to bet that you have questions about one or more of these, and probably many more.

The question is important as we are all perhaps a little bit guilty of taking things that don’t seem all that important at face value. Regrettably, this means that when things happen that hurt us or our life experience in some way, we have a habit of behaving as if we are experiencing this event or difficulty alone, rather than taking the time to think about what might really be happening or how the same thing might be affecting other people who could also be involved.

The way that the media operates makes this rather strange situation even worse. They have a habit of channelling stories that make events that have a very low risk of ever happening to us seem very real to everyone. Meanwhile, the real tragedies that are unfolding in our own lives and around all of us are downplayed or not mentioned at all so that we continue with our lives thinking that we are perhaps being over dramatic or even reaching the conclusion that these real problems that people are facing simply don’t exist.

We aren’t doing anything wrong by not seeing what is happening but is being either innocently (on our part) or deliberately (on the part of media, government and the establishment) hidden in plain sight. But we do owe it to ourselves to ask the questions that need to be asked now that we are heading into a period of what is likely become prolonged crisis, so that we can do our part to ensure that the right people are in place to run the Country and put all of the problems right.

I’m drawing your attention to the question of who will run the Country, because it is the people who have been running the Country and those who are running the Country now who are at the root of the common part of all the problems that we are experiencing now and will soon face.

It is the greed, obsession with material wealth and culture of self interest that fuels this political culture and all the people and businesses that either support or influence them which has led them to making all of the destructive and damaging decisions that they have.

In many cases they are so absorbed with the furtherance of their own goals and the methods that they will use to achieve them, that they genuinely see their own cause as being ours.

They do not look at the policy decisions they are making through the eyes of people who have understanding, empathy for others, or who genuinely care. And the result is that one by one policies that affect the public have been created or changed to help the interests of the few, with an inevitable cost to the many, with follow up decisions to cover the problems they then create being made in exactly the same ways.

It is a vicious, negative spiral that has increasingly left a minefield of life-changing obstacles across the pathway of normal life, where the poorest members of society should be those who can choose to do and are able to do a basic job, because that’s all they need to support themselves without debt, and anything else they might choose to do is met with encouragement and open doors, rather than the barriers to entry that outright selfishness and stupidity in leadership has led to create.

The politicians and would-be ‘leaders’ that we have, really are stupid in the most self-orientated and collectively destructive sense. The only strategy they have is to make every decision based upon what is best for them and as such there really is no genuine public centric strategies in place. They have not brought us here by any means of genuine control, despite being under the illusion that what they do means that they are ‘in charge’, and as the public policy play book has less and less historical case history available to guide them in these unchartered waters that we now face, it will become increasingly and more rapidly clear that they are less and less in control of events until everything finally breaks.

Those ‘leading’ this Country today and sitting in the Parliament behind them are the politicians that we need to replace with real public representatives who have the wherewithal, motivation and experience that will be necessary to deal with all of the problems that having a broken political culture has helped to create.

Worse before better

So ingrained within the system of government and the public sector are these root causes of the problems we now have ahead of us, that the challenges we now face were already developing and progressing before the Covid Pandemic began. The Government handling of the Pandemic and its response to it only serving to worsen the problems and supercharging an already deteriorating situation by adding to the list and magnitude of the issues that we no longer have a choice to face.

Regrettably, this means that things are going to get significantly worse for us All before there is any chance that they can begin to get better. And to add to the pain that many of us will experiencing ahead, we are where we are because we have already run out of luck with the politicians that we have, and we will not be looked after properly at any point until they are removed from power and this rancid political culture is no longer involved.

As we awaken to the trouble that we are really in, it is important that we recognise that the role this political culture and all the Political Parties have played in the creation of the mess means that none of them can be trusted to steer us through what might be years of crisis. They are certainly not the people who we can expect to deliver solutions that will solve all the problems that all of them together have contributed to and made.

Never has there been a truism or quote more accurate than the words of Albert Einstein when he said, “Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results.”

Difficult times require stability. In the past, we have been able to rely upon the stability of political leaders who knew how to lead and delegate to the right people, who understood the lives of others, were prepared to take considered risks and were able to put something much bigger than them before anything else – even at the most difficult and trying moments they had. The politicians we have today are simply not the same and to stick with them when all they want to do is defer to self interest and fear would be doing the same thing over again and would as such be completely insane.

A period of ‘natural’ Rebalancing

We do of course exist in a period of human history where everyone with power and influence really thinks that they are in control of the things that they do and that they can control just about everything that comes under the scope of their responsibility. Regrettably for them – and therefore for us, this simply isn’t true.

Whilst it might sound a little bit ‘Earth Mother’, the bigger picture to any situation where there is practical reality at work will be part of some kind of ecosystem. Ecosystems of all kinds develop around a point of natural balance and when something interferes with that balance, there will either come a point where the elasticity of the system is stretched too far and everything is pushed back, or the system itself will actually break. Yes, the system will adapt to and absorb very small changes. But there are laws at work which are ‘natural’ to any system, and simply ignoring them either through ignorance or by deliberate act will ultimately blow the whole thing apart.

The greed and self interest that this political culture has perpetuated and upheld for so long has reached the point where the wider ecosystem has stretched its elasticity to the point of no return.

The system will now break completely – if the political class and self-interest that feeds it is allowed to continue. The alternative is that things must return to a point of balance which is fair to all and to the environment – and that means having new leadership that is not obsessed with control, but with making each decision on its own merits, without relying on long term plans or strategies that in very uncertain times like we are now in – just like being in a war – are not going to work.

A New Party For All

We can no longer exist as we have been, in a situation where benefits to the few have come at significant and growing cost to us all.

The cost cannot be measured just in terms of the financial – although many will still think of it all being only in material terms that the world works.

The cost is also in terms of things like the really meaning, reach and existence of community and how that impacts upon every life, and most importantly, the way that relationships have been progressively dehumanised, and we are being culturally conditioned not to care about others, whilst never looking at ourselves when we have received a life lesson – instead always looking outwards and others for a target upon which to apportion blame.

People are increasingly talking about alternatives to the politicians that we have already got. But what many of them don’t realise is that although they might not be members of the same political parties, they are thinking in the same ways and in relative terms are doing just the same things. In fact, its pretty important to understand that if any of the Conservative, Labour or Liberal Democrat Parties were not already in Parliament and in the public eye and were started from scratch right now and faced a closed, monopolistic political system as we do, the way they operate and the policies they further as a cause would mean that they would not have a hope of gaining power – without embracing what for all of them would be very significant philosophical change.

We all must think differently about politics now and accept that we can no longer continue the way that we previously have.

We need a movement for change or A New Party For All that reaches out to, engages and works on behalf of and in the best interests of everyone. So that no matter how bad things get for us in the months and years ahead, we can be sure that the public representatives we have are always working on our behalf and will never fail to do the very best for us that they can.

#ANewPartyForAll

Small business cannot afford the escalating wage growth that the Government has fuelled. As we face a financial crisis, the greed funnelling money out of everything without putting value back must finally be stopped

September 20, 2021 Leave a comment

We are constantly hearing about staff shortages and wage rises. Yet very little is being said by anyone about the real reasons underpinning what is happening.

There is no discussion about what we are seeing now being just the beginning or thin end of what will be a very thick wedge. There is no mention of how dealing with the problems we are now facing will require a lot more leadership and creativity on the part of our politicians rather than barking commands at businesses and demanding that they just put wages up.

Our Politicians, the media and a lot of other people too are taking for granted that everything will just keep rolling on ‘like normal’, certain that after a few temporary changes to deal with Covid here and there, things will carry on as they always have and that in no time at all, everything will be back to where it all was before.

In many respects, it certainly feels like business as usual. The problems that are being talked about are being blamed on Brexit, just as they have been at every opportunity for the past 5 years. And has always been the case without us paying all that much attention, the journalists, commentators and pundits are seeing everything through the lens of their own view of everything. The difference this time being that there is so much starting to happen that even the myopic nature of their supposedly broad thinking dialogue is quickly being exposed for being anything other than joined-up.

Yet we are now on the first steps of an accelerating downward spiral. A negative trend created by politicians and the banks cooking the books and getting away with it for such a long time, they genuinely believe that they could continue without risk of ever reaching a place called stop.

To be fair to them, the political class is so detached from the realities that face people outside of Westminster, it would be futile to imagine that this political class can suddenly develop empathy and understanding as another crisis looms. They certainly didn’t do so for the Covid Pandemic, and there is some irony that it is because of the choices that they have made in response to that, what comes next is set to be considerably worse.

In the coming months and possibly years ahead, we are set to experience a financial crisis of a kind that the world has never seen before. We are in the early stages of the descent towards it right now, and that thin end of the wedge – the employee shortages, empty shelves and the price escalation that we are now starting to see is just a small taste of what is set to come.

Our political class looks at every problem as being one that can be solved with money or a financial solution. But this is the same approach that politicians have been applying now for decades and all it does is make things progressively worse.

As our political class look at every problem through this ‘money solves all problems’ lens that many of they forebears have got away with – not because it works, but because there has been an awful lot of luck involved – they now see the staffing shortages as one that can simply be solved by telling business to put wages up.

Large supermarkets and hauliers have responded to the growing crisis by putting drivers wages up. Problems in other industries have resulted in large high street names like Costa throwing pay rises at staff ostensibly for their effort during the Pandemic. But this is the first sign of a panic materialising too.

There is no shortage of people to do jobs and to go to work in this Country. But no amount of money will solve what is now an out of control problem when employees are treated so badly and there are no controls placed upon what it costs and how much it costs the average person in this Country to live.

The rapidly expanding gap between what people earn and what it costs to live is an immediate problem for sure. But price inflation is now so firmly fixed in the hands of private interests who have seen the amount of money that Governments have created over the past eighteen months, that they will continue pushing prices up until the point that the system breaks. That is, if some other event hasn’t led to this already and proven to be one of the many straws that could so easily now break the camels back.

Perhaps the most useful example to illustrate the point is the cost of transporting a shipping container with goods to the UK from the Far East. Shipping costs have risen 1500% in the past 18 months, not because the costs of moving these items have become markedly different, but because world events have given the shipping conglomerate an excuse; together they have a stranglehold and ultimately, they know that they just can.

This change has in no small part led to goods shortages and price rises. And if you have already seen the presents that you want to buy for your children or family this Christmas, you might be very sensible to grab them now, whilst you still can.

What the shipping companies have and are doing is representative of how commercial supply chains now work. But what makes the situation even worse is the number of agents, speculators and handlers who have built ‘high performing’ business models, simply by handling goods – perhaps just buying and then selling them on at a profit – without adding any kind of value to the transaction. The end result being the unfathomable and unexplainable rise in the cost of living – with the end users and even the businesses one step removed from the end of the supply chain – struggling to keep going because all of the fat has been taken many times over and the prices of goods are too unrealistically high for anyone to afford or absorb.

Big name companies, that have a stake in how our broken economic model now works, can easily afford to pay their staff better than the living wage. They could easily absorb the rises with little impact on their bottom line. Yet the greed that drives them means that they would see the imposition of raising pay as one that gives them the excuse to raise their prices too.

Smaller businesses – and by this I mean the bedrock of our real economy and the ones that make everything work – don’t have the means or the economic scale to raise wages and then either absorb the difference or then pass on the costs to their customers and other without there being a significant cost the businesses that they own or run.

In fact, the demands that hapless Ministers have made last week for businesses to start paying more could easily result in people losing their jobs and making what were otherwise great small businesses no longer viable because the staff they need just to fulfil their normal order book has become a luxury they cannot reasonably afford.

In a prefect world, those small businesses or the trade organisations that represent them would sit down with the people running this country and be listened to in a way that counts.

Sadly, because we have the political culture that we have, that scenario is not one that is likely to ever play out. The system is literally going to have to break before those who should have been aware of the impact of what they have been doing will be ready to take note. And when then they do, then problem will be that we have the same people in power and pretending to lead us who got us into this mess in the first place.

Like everything Government in this Country touches or legislates for, the financial and economic system needs massive and comprehensive reform.

Money does not solve problems in the way that politicians would like and the process of the fat getting ever fatter by inflicting pain on everyone else without being forced to face up to what they have been doing is now over.

Things will not return to how they were before the Covid Pandemic began.

Energy & Utility Companies should never have been put in private hands. If they now demand public money to keep the greed train afloat, it’s time to hand them back

September 20, 2021 Leave a comment

Over the coming days, weeks, months and possibly years too, the impact of a twisted and flawed political system being prevalent in this country – not just for the past eighteen months, or even eighteen years, but for much longer than that – is going to become ever more apparent as all the ridiculous and self-serving decisions that generations of politicians from all sides have taken finally and potentially catastrophically unwind before our eyes.

Decisions on Public Policy aren’t and haven’t been made for any of the reasons that they should be. Decisions have been based on the irresponsible and impractical view of what could be rather than having any relationship with what is and today, we face the horrific situation where people who have already been squeezed for years by a system that is stacked in the favour of perpetuating greed may be on the verge of being left without even the basic necessities which are essential to everyday life. All because the people who have been masquerading as public representatives aren’t capable of letting priorities like considering the long-term consequences of what they do for others get in the way of what serves them and the Political Parties they represent best.

The last thing that families on very tight incomes across the UK will be wanting to see on the news channels on a Monday morning are stories that suggest that prices of electricity and gas are about to escalate so dramatically, that they really could go out sight.

The last thing that we all need is the prospect of our gutless politicians looking to take the easy way out of what might be about to become a very serious energy crisis by using yet more created public money bailing out what are private and profit-hungry companies that should never have been able to dictate the cost of services for public consumption that everyone needs, and which are essential to life.

But we are where we are. And we are currently stuck with the same politicians, with the same ideas and the same lack of vision that continually hurts us, being in charge of dealing with this crisis too.

The obsession with control and the endless focus on trying to deal with the ‘what ifs’ that this political culture has is causing us endless problems.

The question over energy companies today is just one of many that are about to come to light where we will need leadership with the vision and commitment to where solutions need to take us, that steps away from the flawed idea that using money for everything can forever prevent there being any pain to the public – and therefore never any electoral pain to the politicians who are involved.

The BIG way to deal with all the problems that are now coming to the surface will be to use the opportunities that these problems create, to review everything on the table, fix the problems and then rebalance the whole system so that it serves everyone and the public interest in the best way possible – the way that is fundamentally right.

The siren call to our shameful Government will be the what if of what happens if power and heat is lost this winter, and many people then go without. That will probably be all it will take for Johnson and Co to get the cheque book out.

The energy companies will tell the Government that without a cash injection, they are likely to go bust. But these are the same companies that have been making record profits when energy prices have been low. But the reality is that just because they collectively have a monopoly and therefore a strangle hold on what is actually public service provision, it doesn’t therefore follow that they are entitled to always make a profit – even when the weather for them is bad, and the sun really will not shine.

Services that exist for the public good, which provide those things essential to the provision of the fundamentals of what it takes to live happily, healthily and safely with the basic essentials of life, should never be placed in private, profit-making hands. Man can only have one master and when any company is privately owned, it is clear that profit – not public service – is the one and only overriding choice – no matter what stories they tell.

Perhaps the greatest threat to finding solutions to widespread social and economic problems is the obsession that politicians and commentators have with political ideologies and ridiculous arguments against taking certain courses of action, simply because of who made the suggestion and whether it has electoral implications.

All they should be doing is asking the simple question is it right and will it do all that it is supposed to do.

If the energy companies want to go bust, the Government must let them. Then they must take those companies and the public services that they provide back into public hands.

This is not a matter of left vs right or socialist vs capitalist politics. It’s a question of doing what’s fundamentally right.

We must use the very bad situation that we are all about to experience to rebalance a system that will otherwise continue to be unjust, hindering normal people when it should only ever exist to help them. What we have today is completely mad.

Neoliberalism, Free Markets and the thinking behind them created the economic problems we now face. Socialism offers no better answers, but there may be room for improvement in between

September 17, 2021 Leave a comment

If you are reading this blog, the chances are that you are looking beyond the popular narrative or sanctioned news that finds its way into the lives of everyone in a way where there’s no accident to the way it makes us all think.

It has long been known that controlling the behaviour of the wider population is key to the success of the small minded and selfish politician. Generally speaking, those that control the narrative control everything else that goes on.

Scoff as we might at the idea that news can be shaped, rewrapped or adjusted to pander to or adjust how we think – or rather how someone else in power wants us to think, this is the way that the world works and how things really get done. It works because nobody really has any interest in anything going on beyond their own bubble or outside the field of vision which usually sits right in front of their face.

Historically using narratives to shape our lives has worked, because the people at the top – or rather those who for whatever reason are in control – have respected the laws of this ecosystem or the rules of this game. They have never gone as far as to believe that there are no limits to what they can get away with and parade around in front of us all like it doesn’t matter – before the whole thing blows up in their face.

But something has fundamentally changed. And it did so a lot longer ago than anyone might easily believe. In fact, it has taken not a few months, years or even decades to work its way through. It has taken 50 years of this to reach the place where it is no longer a secret that the behaviour of politicians and those who influence them has simply gone too far.

As with many things since the end of the Second World War – when the last real reordering of international dominance in the world too place – it was the United States of America which took a critical decision that in turn then dictated everyone else’s pace.

In August 1971, President Richard Nixon divorced the relationship between the US Dollar and the Gold Standard. The age of Neoliberalism, Free Market thinking, and FIAT Money had begun.

Like any well managed form of political and economic mission creep, the changes that followed came piecemeal rather than at once.

This is how a very unfair and unequitable way of managing money and perverse version of the real economy around us was installed around us as we slept. We accepted massive change bit-by-very-small-bit without ever knowing that the deck of cards was being completely stacked against us in the process, leading up until a point where the whole system has been played and tinkered with so that it functions to benefit just a few.

We are cynically led to believe that the people who benefit from all this have just been very lucky, when they haven’t just played the game differently, they actually got the help of the political classes and rewrote the rules so that it was always going to go their way.

Yet the change that Nixon and the USA instigated has always had a fundamental flaw. The whole thing was based and built upon the creation and leverage of funny money, or money that simply doesn’t exist. As soon as the taps were turned on, the greedy at the top have just wanted more and more.

There is a deliberately misleading lie that is perpetrated to cover up the dark motives that drive this system. We are forever told that left to its own devices, a ‘free market’ will always look after the public without the need of any significant form of government intervention, simply because its in the best interests of the system to do so.

In fact, all free market thinking and the Modern Monetary Theory (MMT) that underpins it has proven to do is exploit everyone and everything that sits outside of the magic circle where the people within benefit outrageously from the way the it all works.

Those benefiting counter the criticism against it using the excuse that the only reason people at the bottom aren’t benefiting as much as they can is because of existing government regulation – with the inference that the government has a choice.

Yet it is the lack of regulation or the self-serving imposition of freedom within the markets that led to the Great Financial Crisis (GFC) around 2008 itself.

It was within the Government responses to the GFC that we witnessed just how much power the financial sector has to demand that government bail them out for their unscrupulous mistakes.

What should have been a condemned banking sector took £Billions in public money to refloat themselves whilst blatantly giving bonuses to bankers, rewarding what in any other situatio would be called criminal behaviour.

Meanwhile, our unworldly, sucked-in politicians imposed years of austerity on the tax-paying classes.

The politicians have paid lip-service to the regulations and ethics that should have always been present as the minimum safety net, but which they and their kind have wilfully removed. They have done so, not as a way to help the people who elected them, but as a way to make life even easier for their paymasters. Not because its fair or right – but because it keeps them in their jobs and promises them big money beyond when their time in ‘public service’ comes to an end. It is nothing but a self-serving choice.

A system built upon nothing but thin air was never going to last very long. The 50-year survival of this Bullshit system has been based upon pure luck, rather than evidence that it has real longevity in any meaningful form. The absence of serious national or world events affecting the West has simply meant that it has survived and kept feeding the greed of those who have benefitted from it up until the Brexit Vote and then the Covid Pandemic arrived.

The establishment response to Covid Pandemic has shown their entire hand

Just as red lining continuously is guaranteed to blow an engine with the only question being when it will explode, the point of critical mass of the coming financial collapse is no longer a question of if. The question is simply ‘When?’

Whilst this neoliberal based era would not have been able to continue indefinitely, it was the decision of Government to respond to the arrival of the Covid Pandemic with Lockdowns and all the related measures that it has which have supercharged the final stages or end game of this economic system, as it is propelled to a place called stop.

So much money has been created in the past eighteen months that it has made a complete mockery of the system and given the lie to the whole thing.

Everyday people are waking up to the reality that banks do not lend us other people’s savings when we borrow. We can now see that all the money washing around in the system has been created out of thin air by people who think they can keep doing this over and over again without the people who will have to deal with the fall out from such stupidity – the public – ever having any kind of choice.

The establishment solution: Take things to the extreme(s)

Even this week, as we watched wholesale electricity prices go through the roof, we had a Minister from the Johnson Government telling us that the level of National Debt that they have created will simply be paid off when the UK Economy grows.

What George Freeman failed to mention is the slight of hand and manipulation of figures and statistics this approach relies on to succeed and that it only works if they continue to print money in order to devalue that which is already owed.

This is neoliberal economics and MMT taken to its extreme and this thinking is more likely to resemble the impact of fiscal policy of the Weimar Republic in the 1920’s than anything else we have previously seen.

Flip to the other side of this two-edged sword and you have the subtle, but increasingly socialist if indeed not Marxist ideologies that paradoxically seem to be also gaining fervour within the wider establishment.

Socialist idealism has been increasingly evident in the totalitarian approach to Lockdowns that this Conservative Government has imposed. Ironically it is being championed ideologically by the World Economic Forum – a talking shop for the world’s elite that is even more out of touch with the realities of life for the masses than our elected MPs are. It certainly has no concept of the consequences of the changes that it wants to use the changing situation to encourage governments across the world to impose.

To observe the complexity of all the different things going on, it would be very easy to suggest that political ideology and its responding practical forms have been ripped up, mixed up and have somehow merged together and remerged in a very blurred and messy middle. It would certainly offer another explanation of why there is no difference between any of the Political Parties that we have, and why all MPs and politicians now sound exactly the same.

However, such assumptions are also a little lazy. So, if you instead visualise the whole system as being like a circle rather than sitting laterally along a left-to-right line, you can see that the political classes and their approach have completely missed the real middle ground where policies that work for all would be located and have instead headed to the opposite pole where the real extremes of their thinking lie and somewhat bizarrely have now begun to significantly overlap.

Popular as it has become for the so-called ‘mainstream’ politicians and activists to belittle single issue political groups and parties by branding them ‘extreme’, it is the mainstream politicians and the political parties that enable them that have moved their ideologies and therefore the position of Government to the extreme, whilst leaving the electorate and smaller business sectors that don’t have the ear of politicians behind.

The true middle ground (or current political no-man’s land)

What the political classes have missed time and time again and over this period of decades, is the point that good politics and the decision making that comes with it is based upon care and consideration for the needs and requirements of all of our fellow men.

Looking after non-domestic personal and community need is of course what government and public services were created to provide for, and they work incredibly well when decisions are made fairly, equitably, considerately and minded of the best interests of the community and all.

It is a long time since UK Government was really driven in a politically altruistic way – indeed if it ever really has been properly done so before.

What we have had instead has been grades or various shades of self-interest taking the lead, where the perceived need to guarantee the result of the next election and to service the needs of either the organisations that fund the political parties or alternatively the ones who have the power that make weak minded politicians afraid have taken over all practical priorities. It is on this basis that decades of legislation governing life and the running of the UK have been made.

At a time when there really is so much discontent amongst the populous and even within our social media streams too, you would be forgiven for thinking that this fertile seedbed of currently disenfranchised political support would be seen for the potential to facilitate political change that it is. Yet the only answers that anyone has are as polarised as the politicians and the political parties that they would like to see removed.

It is within the real middle ground of British Politics – if you can even call it that – where the answers to all our political and economic problems lie. And all we need to do is harness the information, life stories and real-world thinking that exists there with limitless potential, to overturn this political situation and take the future of this Country and the influence we can have for the benefit of the world in a very different way.

There is no contemporary form of political thinking present within the public sphere today – whether it be political parties, movements, organisations or individuals with a public platform – who are talking about or even alluding to doing things like this or in a joined-up way that brings people together, rather than polarising or alienating others they disagree with or openly hate in some way.

A New Party For All

Yes, of course there is room for many of the people already within the political sphere to think differently, just like the majority of the electorate will do so, if there are treated differently, like the thinking and responsible adults that they are, and are reached out to and engaged in a very different way to that which they are used to.

The trouble is that of the many people – some of them very well-known public names – who could be coming together to make the start necessary for what we now need – there are simply too many competing ideas. Too many ‘my experience is more real than theirs’. Too many people who believe the system works and operates in the same way that they see it. There are too many egos, and they are all competing in the same room.

All of the experiences that people have had are relevant. Their experiences are important. Their voices deserve to be heard.

Leadership is about bringing together and making sense of those voices. Yet what we have in Government and amongst all those who could so something about the problems we are facing, they believe that only their voice is important and as such, is reflective of the one that we should all have.

It is no longer enough to tell people that they are important. You have to show them how.

Outside of Government where the ability already lies to legislate and make life better for everyone in so many different ways, the only way to show that difference, the ability to engage and demonstrate just how important each and everyone is, is to reach out to people and make their voices real in a way that the political class of today is simply not equipped for and never will.

A New Party For All that is built from the grassroots up, making local voices and concerns matter, is the only way that the alternative to what we have and the new movement for political and governmental change across the UK can begin.

There has to be a central hub as there must be a national voice or point of reference, so that A New Party For All is taken seriously from the start. But the power to influence the wide range of policy areas that must ALL be considered key, must be passed to people right down at community level in a way that they will know that even if they do not get their perfect outcome, the views and experience that they shared contributed to and were considered in whatever becomes the final, balanced and fair-to-all choice.

No. This is not impossible, and it is easier than it may sound. But it takes the will of enough people to turn the way politics is being done on its head, so that our collective destiny and the future of this Country and the generations to come can be turned right around.

Openness is essential, as the cultural zeitgeist is pushing us all in a very different way. Hiding ourselves and our dialogue behind secure walls where we cannot be reached just tells others that we are not prepared to engage and that rather than consider their views and discuss what works for us all, we want to be just like the political culture we have already and present what we want as the only option that everyone else must choose.

The middle ground that politicians have spent so much time avoiding us, is where we must go to establish the genesis of change. We only need a basic organisational structure to go there and by doing so, we will quickly be rewarded with the support of people who will have come from right across the existing political spectrum, who are ready and waiting for someone or something to present them with a real alternative choice.

The New Tory Chair has told the Party to ready itself for a General Election, and as there’s no electoral alternative to more of the same, change could be six, seven or even eight years away

September 17, 2021 Leave a comment

If you are hoping for change, its looking very much like the only change in the air will be the reshuffle that Boris Johnson has been overseeing in recent days.

Politics is a game with a set of very distinct rules. Rules that rarely make sense unless you are on or have spent time with your eyes and ears open on the field of play. So, when a newly appointed Chairman of the Conservative Party walks from his appointment meeting at No10 and goes straight to Conservative Central Head Quarters and opens up by telling staff (and therefore the Party) to get ready for a General Election, you can be pretty sure that he’s not using words to try and outshine the guy who’s just given him the job.

Many are unaware that we are now in very troubled times – despite of and increasingly because of Covid. And the biggest reason we are facing difficulties is quite literally because of all the bad decisions that poor politicians leading successive governments have made.

But whilst our political class may be completely void of leaders, they have become very adept at covering their backs. And when it comes to decisions that will help them win the next Election, it’s literally the day after the last vote that the first decisions with 4- or 5-yearsyears’ time in mind are being made.

Whilst it is reasonably safe to assume that the Johnson Government really has no understanding of the consequences of everything that it does, it is filled with a political class that has risen to the top by modelling itself on the images and perceptions of historic political titans, whilst overlooking the reality that how things looked is very rarely an accurate portrayal of how they actually were, and that the ongoing impression that leaders give rarely bears any relationship with the realities of what is going on for them within.

Looking at issues unrelated to their own, even our inept leadership and the sycophants who advise them can see where issues may be about to blow up and have an impact upon their own.

Today, issues with the Financial Markets in the United States and now also in China are indicating to even the most out-of-touch with the issues eating away at the foundations of our economy, that a collapse or what will be at the very best a significant correction is on its way across the world. The phrase ‘When the US Sneezes, the World catches a cold’ gained ground for a reason and you can take it as read those unfolding developments mean that our Government has at least in this way been warned or ‘told’.

What is being overlooked is the perilous state that the Chancellor and the Johnson Government have put the UK in financially over the past 18 months, which will have the effect of multiplying any problems that hit us as a result of crashes or corrections in the US, China or both. Yet in the first instance, we will collectively buy in to the narrative that this wasn’t our problem, the Government has our best interests at heart, and we will, as with Covid measures, continue to do as we are told.

Money or rather the lack of it, will affect many more in far more meaningful ways than even the threat of the flu-like Covid Virus and the spectre of death has done, and people will soon start to see the realities of what Government is doing very differently.

They may not see the reality of their actions yet. But the Government knows that given the Covid Pandemic and the fact that they are still able to tell us that they have saved the UK with a straight face, they are now likely to end up being as electable as they were when the votes of the December 2019 General Election had been counted, and that to avoid the complications that will come from events that are outside of their control, the time to use or play this hand politically will be now, or what in political terms will be very soon.

The Tories really have nothing to lose as things stand. The UK probably has the worst Official Opposition that it could imagine possible at a time when decent leadership and motives would make a good representative party thrive.

Worse still, all those lined up against the Government from outside the representation and benches of the current Parliament are obsessed with single issues, have egos that will not yield to a wider debate and certainly will not recognise that providing a political alternative can be a highly counterintuitive process that takes time and has a large amount of what will at first appearance seem worthless work involved.

It is reasonably safe to expect that Johnson will go to the Country again, just as soon as the Fixed Term Parliaments Act has been overturned and he and those around him feel they are likely to benefit from making that choice.

Realistically, we could be talking just a few months. And it will only be World events – such as that crash or correction arriving sooner, that could make ‘going early’ seem like the wrong choice.

For those of you reading who really can see and want there to be meaningful change in this Country in the ways that are possible and as it could be, this realistically means that if the Conservatives are able to maintain the narrative as they have been, change could be six, seven or even eight years away as a minimum, and that the day a new administration walks in to Downing Street, doesn’t itself signal the end of what by then could have been multiple years of serious pain.

Yes, a popular uprising remains possible, especially with what may be about to happen. But revolutions are messy affairs and whilst in the heat of the moment it will all make sense just because it does, events like these have a habit of delivering change to something far worse than how things were already or how they were before. Revolutions create vacuums that start to suck all sorts of crap towards power and its anyone’s guess what will fill the hole first. This is a big risk to take.

The option is that we all work together to create something new that is truly representative of us all. Not focused on self-interest or only what those who lead are passionate about. A movement that connects to and relates with real life and how decisions need to be made that consider the broader picture and are made fairly, considerately, in a joined-up way with other policies, and above all, places real equitable value on the contribution from everyone and not only the few.

A New Party For All does not exist today. But it can and will, as soon as people begin to take a real leap of faith after accepting that everyone has a part to play in creating, building and delivering the alternative that will be a different way.

When the next General Election is called, it will be too late to make that difference. We will be returned to start with up to five more years of stupidity and self-interest influencing the decisions and actions made by government. And without that leap of faith in ourselves, this pattern will continue all over again.

What we need to do is take a leaf out of the self-serving political class’s guidebook and start working on the result of the next General Election today. Only this time doing it properly, with the benefits to everyone in mind, and in a way that none of the existing Political Parties will ever consider taking until they have lost the power that they already believe to be rightfully theirs.

If we started work today, we could have an alternative on the ballot paper in Constituencies across the UK when the next General Election comes. But if we wait – all over again, there is an inherent risk that we will never find ourselves on the way to helping ourselves in the way that circumstances dictate, and we will always be burdened with government that only considers itself and its electability as the important thing.

Single issue Parties or Movements (Covid Related) don’t win General Elections (All-issue), especially in a climate when there are so many other issues that people face

September 8, 2021 Leave a comment

What’s the number one issue of our time?

Covid? Education? Lockdowns? Social Care? Vaccine Passports? Black Lives Matter? The Driver Shortage? Afghanistan & The West’s Relationship with Islam? Labour failing as the Opposition? Brexit? Freedom of Speech? The ‘Great Reset’? Cross-Channel Immigration? Social Mobility? Cancel Culture? The Cost-of-Living Crisis? The Housing Crisis? Inflation? China? Knife Crime? A Conservative Government?

The chances are that for you the answer could be any one of the above, or none of them at all. And of those, the way that you see that issue could itself be different than any number of other people, who could again think differently about the same issue as everyone else.

Yet the most difficult and challenging thing to get your head around when you think about issues affecting the public in this way, is that nobody is wrong. Different people just see the same things in different ways because their experiences of them and of life up to that point have been different. And it is important to recognise and accept that in this broadest sense, no matter how many different views of the same situation exist, none of them are wrong.

With all that is going on in the world around us, it may seem like a strange time to be discussing the mechanics of how different people think. But with Government and therefore the Public Sector which it runs effectively out of control, a moment in time like this one may never have previously existed where the importance of recognising the mechanics of the differences between us has been so important for us all to absorb.

My motivation for writing this blog – like a number of them before, is the situation that we collectively face going forward, where a so-called Conservative Government has been making and implementing decision after decision both in response to Covid and also before, based not on what’s best for the Public, but based on what’s good for the politicians and what’s best for all of ‘them’.

Regrettably, we are walking through an age or chapter of our history where experience doesn’t matter, but the platform and profile you have most certainly counts. So, irrespective of how the voice or speaker got there, if that voice has something to say about the issues that we relate to in the way that we relate to them too, they become the voice of reason and the one that we choose to follow – no matter what the real nuts and bolts of these or the wider issues might well involve.

You may listen to one or more of those voices yourself. People who speak passionately and knowingly about one, or perhaps several of the different issues that I listed above. Yet the problem that we all face, often without even knowing it, is that the outcomes that we want in respect of the issues that we want addressed can only be achieved if we apply the same approach to all the different issues that are important to everyone.

People want change. Yet at the same time that they see so many people saying the same things that they think, feel and believe, nothing seems to be changing. Instead, it all just seems to be getting worse and worse.

The things that you feel are the ones that need to be changed, can be changed. But those things important to you will only be changed if you can see, feel and embrace the importance of all the other issues that everyone else is facing too.

Those lined up or lining up against the Johnson Government today appear to be great in number. But when the next General Election comes, which is planned for 2024 but is likely to be a lot sooner, there will no alternative available on the ballot papers right across the Country for anyone or anything political that is doing the work necessary to connect all of us and all of our issues – no matter how different – with policies and an approach that is as effective as it needs to be, whilst doing all that is necessary to reach across.

There will be The Reclaims, The Reforms, and many others who are selling change and a difference to what we already have in the way that they see it. Yet the elephant in the room for all of them is and will continue to be that they are behaving as if the problems we collectively face are just one issue, overlooking the reality that the only reason UKIP, The Brexit Party and Vote Leave won EU Elections and the EU Referendum was that people saw those votes as being purely about just one issue or thing.

I have no interest in doing any of the voices who speak on behalf of these or many other organisations down. In fact, I would like all those who oppose this tyrannical and self-serving form of government come together and do all the things necessary so that we can collectively succeed as one.

But coming ‘together’ in the way that it will need to happen in order for us to succeed will simply not happen whilst all of them look at our political system and continue to think that this situation or any of the problems we face can be solved by rattling on about only one thing.

Furthermore, it is not enough simply to pay lip service to all the other issues and think that by publishing manifestos or any other kind of marketing-based ‘promise’ that enough people will suddenly see and share the same point of view, and then propel you into government as the political option of choice.

To succeed now, you must connect. We must ALL connect.

People want to be treated and respected as adults again. Yet this is something that the political parties in parliament and our councils have long since forgotten to do. In fact, they are so drunk on the perception they have that voters have no choice but to vote for them, they no longer believe that connecting with the people is something they need to do.

They will not change whilst they retain or have any hope of obtaining power. And once they have been removed and have lost that, these are not the people we will want to give the same chances to hurt us all as they have been doing all over again.

Covid and everything related to it IS a single issue in electoral terms and so it is necessary for those who want freedom to return and embrace the conversation, debate and need to address all of the issues that are facing our society today, so that the electorate no longer believe that the only way the issue important to them have a chance of being solved is to see the existing mainstream Political Parties as the only option or choice.

Politics is a game and there is no way to escape this reality if you genuinely want to see us all embrace and facilitate change.

Single issue politics in a multi-issue political world will not solve any problem and it is only by becoming a multi-issue political movement that the single political issues for us all will ultimately be solved.

Its time to take the politics out of government so that we can have legislative parity and like-for-like public service provision made available to all

September 7, 2021 Leave a comment

It is difficult to convey just how much trouble Government and the provision of Public Services at all levels is now in, right across the UK.

The Covid Pandemic, or to be more accurate, the response of Government and the Public Sector to the Covid Pandemic, has only proven to make an already degenerating situation much worse. And the problems that can be seen in areas such as public transport, social care and the NHS, as well as those that are not talked about such as how the culture within all of it works are now bad enough that services are at growing risk of failing, irrespective of what changes the post-Covid world will now inevitably bring.

What is important to realise is that none of this was at any time inevitable. There has always been a very different way.

The problems that we are and now will experience were avoidable and would have been avoided if we had been led by different Governments made up of politicians who weren’t actually doing politics. But leaders who were focusing only on what was in the best interests of everyone rather than doing the things that would appeal to those they continually look to for their electoral support.

Political Parties did at one time have a very practical function. They brought together majorities of like-minded politicians who were pragmatic enough to realise that by working together within a democracy, it is much easier and much more expedient by working as a group to get things done.

Sadly, like most things that have been created to make a system run more smoothly or more efficiently in some way, the existence of what has become dominant political parties in the UK has been massively abused.

Where once a political group came together as a majority simply to deliver outcomes based upon good aims and intention that were considerate of all, the Political Parties that we see represented across our Westminster Parliament today focus only on decisions which are beneficial to the people that lead those parties or are considered likely to be most beneficial to their supporters and themselves in whatever way.

This is not and never has been an inevitable situation. Politics in its current form is not beneficial to the public at large. Even worse is the reality that the behaviour of these Political Parties has made our so-called system of representative government a closed shop, pretty much from District Level Authorities upwards (That’s the first tier of government where councillor allowances and/or ‘wages’ are paid).

Decisions are made for just about every reason other than those that they should be. What’s right for everyone has become interchangeable and overtaken by what’s right for the decision maker, then people they work with or the people that support them, and everything is being spun or portrayed in the media as if it has been thought through and that the consequences for everyone have been thought through when the truth is that it has all been about anything but.

Decisions are made in isolation. There is no appreciation or understanding that nothing exists with the government ecosystem that doesn’t impact on at least some, if not all of the other things that are going on at every moment in time. Everything being done by government now has the feel of being like a sticking plaster being used to fix a broken leg or even worse. There’s nothing joined up about any of it, and because there isn’t, more and more problems – and mistakes – are being made.

Decisions are not made in the best interests of everyone. Politicians are completely out of touch with the people who elect them. They have no understanding of real life and therefore no capability to even see what the impacts of their decisions upon others will be. There is a complete absence of reality in having a system of representative government which is made up of politicians who cannot, will not and do not want to represent anyone other than themselves – even though they will swear that they are doing everything absolutely right.

We have the wrong people in politics because the wrong people control who gets into politics.

The three main Political Parties have become little more than gatekeepers, keeping out anyone who will not ‘fit in’. Yet their idea of what ‘fits’ is based on their own ideas or philosophies that inspire them and their own experiences of the world. What ‘fits’ to these Political Parties, is a long way from what ‘fits’ in terms of proper public representation for us all.

Politics in the UK is broken. Not because of First Past The Post or the way that we Vote.

Politics in the UK is broken because of the people – and the political parties that we have within it.

Politics in the UK is broken because of the people and parties within it, and that is why our system of Government and Governance is broken too.

We can only fix the problems that this Country is facing by removing the political blocks and therefore the politics that has overtaken every part of government and the public sector across the UK where there are real opportunities to change things for the better and to get things done.

Regrettably, this means that we can no longer go on with the politicians or the political class that we have too.

With the best will in the world, these are generally people who are never going to change. Many of them have never had real jobs. They treat being elected to government as nothing more than a career and are obsessed with career advancement within it too.

They can only be removed democratically at a General Election and by a new form of political movement that speaks to everyone and communicates across boundaries in a way that nothing political has tried or been able to achieve before.

Yes, the next General Election may well become forced by circumstances that this political class can no longer control. Or they could remain in power until at least December 2024.

The challenge that we as voters face, is that we must all think differently, IF we want politicians to behave differently.

Today, the social media platforms are alive with suggestions of existing and new alternative political movements and parties to the ones that we have already got.

But they all share in common one critical thing. They cannot, will not and do not accept that anyone else’s view of all the things we are experiencing might actually be right, and that those other people may be looking at them and thinking and feeling exactly the same things.

It is through the act of seeking to understand and to address all of the issues facing society today that people with different or even opposing views will learn and begin to understand that all of us outside of the political class have far more in common with each other than the very few issues that might appear to divide us.

By tackling the issues that are important and are the priorities for all of us – no matter what they might be – and finding solutions and alternatives that are fair and that are properly and considerately thought through, the people who today see the world differently to us will really start to see that all of us outside this political culture really are in this together, and that together we can take on this political culture, be the alternative that everyone wants and then win.

Change will begin to come sooner than you might think, once that leap of faith has been taken and you become receptive to letting a new way of thinking about politics in.

The Parties that we have today are only safe in the way that they believe that they are, because we collectively believe that they are the only choices that we have.

Yet they are no different to each other. Yes, they may sound different, look different and even come up with different solutions to the problems they tell us we have got. But what we are getting from all of them is exactly the same thing.

Do not place your faith in parties or public leaders who speak strongly and convincingly about one or perhaps just a few things. We have been here too many times before and people and parties like these only win when the decision that voters are making reflects the same topics and the very same things.

The UK public wants change. The British People are desperate for something new. We all need the politics taken out of Government, so that life and everything in the public sphere which supports it can be focused in the ways that it really should be.

The only way to achieve this will be through the creation of A New Party For All.

Taxing us to pay for Social Care after the Government has created so much money to save their own necks is a sick joke indeed

September 6, 2021 Leave a comment

The Public Sector and everything within it is as broken as our system of Government. But we are way past the point where politically expedient ‘fixes’ will deliver even a fraction of the meaningful change now required and fire hosing more and more money at the problems will only galvanise the reality that in the hands of the politicians we have today, ‘the more things change, the more they stay the same’

The reform of social care across the UK has been a political hot potato for a long time already. Not because it cannot be reformed and have its problems solved. But because the political classes really cannot stomach the reality of the decisions and choices that they would have to make, all the time looking electoral risk in the eye – when it was they who have created all the problems that social care and the wider national Health Service itself faces – by meddling here and there to gain votes – pretty much all of the time.

Given the history of recent decades where all of the main political parties have been in Government, responsible and therefore fully involved, Johnson’s move towards problem solving with the default use of the public cheque book should come as little surprise.

Spending money has, after all become the go-to response for a political class that is incapable of leadership and doing anything other than making decisions based upon how the anticipated headlines and projected outcome will look in terms of days left until the next election.

It’s certainly no way to run a government. But what is different this time is the reality that Johnson is looking to go on another spending spree, funding it this time by raising taxes from a population which is already under attack from significant rises in silent inflation.

The Country is facing an avoidable cost of living crisis that itself has been jet propelled by the way this same Government and Chancellor Rishi Sunak have weaponised financial creationism to solve the problems they created by locking down the whole country.

They have indulged unnecessary money printing on financial remedies that wouldn’t have been necessary without them pursuing lockdowns and social distancing in the hope that they could take the easy path through a National Crisis, then present the story as fact in the way they told it and then go on to the next General Election in 2024 (or before) and win.

The scale of spending, based on the creation of money and money printing, is breath-taking in the extreme. The media and the array of political and financial pundits may not be talking about it in anything like the same way, but the damage that this Conservative Government has done is in the process of contributing to a worldwide crisis that is at some point very soon going to lead to a crash with fallout for us all on a level that the world may never have seen.

People are going to struggle in ways that it is even now difficult to even imagine, and by inflicting a 2% uplift is tax collection upon the very same people who are being punished by the impact of all that they have already done, they are wilfully committing to speed up and increase the level of misery across normal life that they themselves seem to have been so insulated from in thought, word and deed for so very long.

As I wrote on this site only back in the middle of May, the problems that exist within the whole system of healthcare require a very different approach to governance and responsibility to the public in this Country, if all the problems that feed off each other from the top to the bottom of the public sector and government and back again, are to ever be remedied and fixed.

The truth is that by seeking to inflict tax rises now, the Johnson Government is simply being cruel and in a way that demonstrates that none of those leading us have any conscious understanding of the implications of what they are doing and certainly not what they have already done.

Money is not the solution to all problems. But the saying that the love of money is the route of all evil is certainly true. And it is because the wheels of society are now fuelled by that same form of love, that leadership in Government simply no longer exists and the costs of everything are now spiralling out of control without there being any genuine explanation for why they really are.

Full and comprehensive reform of anything related to the public sector and the provision of services in the public good, along with the provision of monetary and fiscal products and services that can influence or alter the quality of life for anyone, but which is in private hands is now inevitable and therefore unavoidable. It is merely a question of when.

Everything in Public Policy is connected or interdependent and we can no longer exist and function as either a Nation State or the many communities within, if we continue to be led by people who can neither see this or are motivated to work with respect for it, instead being obsessed with easy decisions and the resultant ‘quick fix’.

Out of the chaos that is coming, an amazing opportunity for us all will exist.

The pain that these people will have inflicted upon the majority for no good reason other than their own cause, will take minds to the place where they are receptive and encouraged by what is really necessary for us all in order that we can have meaningful change that will be beneficial for us all.

When that opportunity comes, it is vital that we are led by people who respect, understand and can translate the system as it now is, but have the leadership skills, compassion for others and vision to take us through and out the other side of that chaos, rebuilding and reforming comprehensively as we go, to make the UK a Country that really is a happy place to live, where everything runs fairly and equally and government only extends its reach to the places where it really needs to be.

We must return politics to the foundations of care, consideration and compassion for others and the grounding of fairness and foresight in public representation – as it should always be

September 1, 2021 Leave a comment

People are becoming increasingly obsessed with decisions the Johnson Government is making that they don’t agree with. The Westminster response to the Covid Pandemic has seen an increasing number of very poor, freedom-grabbing policies that have become the focus of various anti-lockdown, anti-vaccine passport, anti-government groups that last week culminated in the launch of the #Together campaign.

Sadly, the #Together idea is one that falls into the trap of believing that it is possible to bring everyone together, just by coming up with the right name or most appealing form of words. Unfortunately, it is not.

Regrettably, it seems that the majority of the people who have lined up against the Government and are putting their public platforms to what they believe to be good use, don’t realise that they have a lot in common with the politicians they are admonishing, simply because they look at the issues as they see them in fundamentally the very same way.

Politically on all sides, issues are today being viewed myopically through the lens of the speaker or writers own experience.

There is no allowance for, consideration of or attempt to work with any of the wider issues that feed into everything that is happening. Thought for cause, rather than effect, and any kind of respect for the laws of consequence are barely wafer thin if they ever exist. Everyone is overlooking the very cold, hard reality that even in respect of Covid and the past 18 months, there is a much bigger picture to all of this that must be part of the discussion if any of the solutions that we now need are to be found and are then going to work.

Right now, people on all sides of the debate – if you can call it that – only care about their own ‘world’ view, which more often than not, isn’t worldly in any real way.

Culturally we really have began to inhabit bubbles – and in some cases very insular ones – that are illustrated metaphorically rather well by the ones that exist on social media platforms – that we all like to tell ourselves we sit outside of, whilst we typically don’t even realise, we are firmly placed within them or something very alike.

The Internet age and the rise of smartphone technology has sped up the dehumanisation of relationships with anyone one other than those who are intricately involved in our lives and whose faces we see on a regular basis.

We are quite literally being conditioned not to care about or consider anyone else. Compassion is fast becoming an emotion triggered only by the stories sanctioned for that purpose by the media, rather than being a natural human experience – as it should be whenever events dictate, for those who are directly involved.

Our politicians reflect this cultural malaise only too well. They are undeserving of the reverence that we pay them by default. They are no longer the big beasts or the titans of statesmanship that politicians once were, but this current crop would like us to believe them to be. And as normal people, just like you or I, it is only their dedicated subservience to a broken political system that makes them different, and that difference is that they are happy to be led but are certainly not in any way fit to lead.

We are in the trouble that we are in because as a society we have lost our way. We no longer value all the things in life that really are most important.

So, when it came to the National Crisis that we now know to be the Covid Pandemic, we have an incompetent and inept political class running the Country, without any idea of what they should really do. But because we do revere people in positions of public authority, we have collectively fallen into the trap of believing whatever they do is part of a strategy – because that’s what people in those kinds of positions of power do.

Actually, they don’t.

There is nothing good or well-reasoned about anything this Government does. But if you are one of those who think that all the problems we are facing will end if there are no more lockdowns or if vaccine passports are banned, I’m afraid you really are out of touch with what is really going on and what needs to happen next if we are to ever see any of this put right.

It will take a lot more from us all if the UK is to be returned to being a Country where things work fairly and equitably for everyone in every situation, simply because the public representatives we have are motivated not by careers, self-advancement or self-interest, but by simply doing that which is right.

We will be dammed for as long as we fail to care about and be compassionate about the lives of others and it is only by becoming open to the much wider number of issues facing the public today, that those who disagree with us will begin to understand that we have more in common than we have that divides us, and that we are all fundamentally sat on the same page.

Those in Government and in Parliament will never do this, because their own priorities will always to be gaining power and always keeping their Constituency Seat.

But for those on the outside looking into all of this, the opportunity to become opened to a new way of thinking isn’t just possible, it is in fact the only way that we will remove this rancid political culture from our lives and move this Country forward to being a place where everyone can win.

Blaming the Driver shortage and supply chain problems on Brexit is not only lazy, it overlooks just how serious the problems facing society across the UK are already and are now set to become

August 29, 2021 Leave a comment

Just so there is no doubt from the start, Brexit has contributed to the driver shortage and the supply chain issues that the UK is now experiencing. Of that there is no doubt. But to present the whole issue as being the result of Brexit, rather than Brexit just being a part – particularly when other Countries are beginning to experience supply chain issues just the same, is not only lazy, it demonstrates a lack of understanding of the much wider issues that the UK is facing. It pretty much sums up the myopic view of today’s decision makers – who may already be the most incompetent that we have ever had.

The driver shortage is more to do with the long-term influence of the EU than Brexit ever was

Yes, the driver shortage can be attributed to the ending of free movement and the absence of Eastern Europeans who were previously happy to fill the gaps within the UKs logistics and supply chain industry. But to end the process of consideration there is lazy because it naturally follows that the only reason that there can be a problem is simply because we left the EU.

It is an argument that suits Remainers who tend to be idealists who identify with the impractical idealism of what the EU represents and have lives that are untouched by the hard realities that underpin what is a UK driver shortage and the many other issues that are now feeding into and will soon explode a supply chain issues which is spreading like wildfire across the world.

The obvious questions to ask are why was or why is the UK so dependent upon a pool of foreign drivers in the first place, and why are the gaps proving so hard to fill right now, given the true state of the economy and how many people are looking for decent jobs today?

One of the key issues to recruiting professional Heavy Goods Drivers is the cost and time that it takes to gain a Class 1 License that will enable the driver to work where the greatest need actually is.

Somewhat ironically, this problem was first created or initiated by EU bureaucracy in the 1990’s when the UK was still very much a Member, and the Brexit vote was nearly 20 years ahead. The EU laid down the requirement that professional or vocational driving licensing would have to be harmonised across the EU. This resulted in drivers no longer being able to train and pass a test for a Class 1 (articulated) license in the first instance at 21 years of age, and instead required that they pass a Class 2 (rigid truck) test first, and that they then retrain and take the test for a Class 1.

As much of the logistics and supply chain industry relies on the use of articulated trucks and detachable trailers because of the capacity and weight allowances that they can carry, along with the universality that is possible when you can attach one tractor unit to many different trailers that can then be used for many different purposes, it is simply not cost effective to use rigid vehicles for so many different uses and purposes.

This reality created the first bottleneck for those seeking driver qualification. Double the cost and the need to be trained all over again with no guarantees in either case that you will pass.

The next bottleneck was the EU requirement for vocational drivers to obtain and maintain a driver CPC, which is effectively a driver good-practice qualification which is built upon the time spent in training, rather than the somewhat questionable content that covers most of the time spent within.

New drivers must do a week in the classroom (5 days) and then do the equivalent of another day every year (5 days every 5 years) in order to keep their vocational license valid.

Of course, good practice is essential for all drivers who are responsible for such large and dangerous machines.

But the approach taken by the EU and implemented by the UK Government was the work of the nanny state at its absolute worst. Anyone who has attended these courses will know that whilst well-intended, they really overlook the reality that any good logistics operator would insist on better standards from their staff just to keep their business on the road.

The cost of the training as part of obtaining a first vocational license and then keeping it going is inhibitive for the individuals who self-fund their training and add unnecessary costs to the bottom line of Logistics businesses who naturally pass those costs on.

Tax Law changes

If the end of Free Movement has reduced the UK driving workforce in any way, it is likely to be much smaller than those with an agenda for it to sound like it is would ever be big enough to admit.

Much more likely to be the real reason that so many Eastern European Drivers are staying away is the changes to the UK Tax rules in April and specifically IR35, which has made being a self-employed ‘contract’ driver a significantly less financially attractive job to have for those making the commitment to cross Europe and service the UK supply chain.

Heavy Goods Driving is a lifestyle job

Another big problem that the logistics industry has is that the work is unsociable. The hours are long and for many of the transport operations employing drivers, they cannot function economically unless the driver stays out on the road with the vehicle, maximising the hours that these expensive capital assets are working, whilst ensuring that the time and distance that lorries are running without any loads are kept to the absolute minimum. This means that drivers may be away from home every week for 4-6 days at a time.

Yes of course there are some drivers who love being out on the road all week and modern truck cabs are often very well equipped. But ‘tramping’ as this is called has a massive cost on family and home life which is not in any way covered by even the salaries that some companies have begun to pay drivers since the current driver shortage began.

Low wages & poor conditions

Perhaps the most complicated of the issues contributing to the driver crisis are wages or rates of pay. Industry today undervalues many of the roles that are key to their existence and vocational drivers are probably undervalued even more than most.

Class 1 ‘artic’ drivers can easily earn a daily wage of £150 in the current market, which equates to an annual salary of around £39K for a 5-day working week.

This sounds great until you once again bear in mind that even those drivers doing shifts and going home every night will often be out on 15-hour days, whilst those who are ‘tramping’ are technically out for a lot more. This means that more often than not, the real hourly rate that professional drivers are attracting before tax and deductions could be as little as £10 per hour and little more.

This exploitation is not limited to heavy goods operations either. In van-based ‘courier’ type operations of the kind you would come into contact with when you are perhaps having parcels from an online order delivered to your door, many ‘owner drivers’ are attracted into daily commitments of many hours that don’t have the same regulation underpinning them as heavy goods operations. On the face of it, they are offered what appears an attractive rate of pay – perhaps £15 per hour or more, without any reference being made to the costs of fuel, wear and tear and commuting to a depot that might be an hour’s drive to their delivery area being included in the rate they are being paid.

It really isn’t uncommon for the people who are being used by companies who can afford to pay them an appropriate rate to be earning less than what we know as the National Minimum Wage or Living Wage. But because the drivers concerned are ‘self-employed’ they have the choice of accepting the ‘work’ or going elsewhere – which is what they will increasingly do as they realise that there is a better level of ‘take-home’ pay to be achieved by working somewhere else.

Getting the UK Workforce into the cab

Various incentives are being paid to new recruits by large companies now. But the way vocational drivers are paid is not simply about the value of money that they receive alone. Drivers are not treated and valued as well as they should be, particularly by junior, mid and senior managers who have never done the jobs that they do, and this makes for a very challenging working environment in which to work.

There needs to be a change in mindset regarding the way that we value all ‘low paid’ employees, who are arguably carrying out functions that are equally important – if not more so – than the management roles that might fit within 5 or 6 tiers of management above them.

The Cost-of-Living crisis that is now underway without any real media attention being focused upon it doesn’t make driving an attractive vocation. Why would anyone want to work these kinds of hours week in, week out just to find that the money they earned and took home at the end of this month might be the same as this time last month, but it simply doesn’t go as far?

This problem will increasingly reach further and further beyond the driver crisis. Because the economic system that the Government favours is now out of control, they will continue to create more money using various financial instruments such as Quantitative Easing to do so. In so doing, they will make the wage problem worse and worse.

The wage rises needed for the lower paid simply to feel like they are standing still and to remain able to afford the same things that they could last month will grow and grow as this inflationary crisis deepens. But employers will not be able to keep up with the speed of the spiral as they have to compromise their businesses just to keep people employed. It will reach a point – probably a lot sooner than anyone thinks – where it is impossible for the system to go on.

This is all leading to an inevitable outcome. What happens after that is not and it will be vital for everyone that the opportunity that comes out of a very dark period of crisis for us all is governed and utilised by people who actually care about us all when they decide what should be done on our behalf.

What can be done to keep the wheels turning?

Sadly, the fire of inflation is not something that the Government will do anything to control, simply because to do so would be to admit that what they have been doing is fundamentally wrong.

This means that Companies will keep having to pay more and more to get goods delivered until such time as the economy crashes – as it is increasingly certain that it soon will.

In terms of getting more drivers behind the wheel of the vehicles that keep the UK supply chain alive, the simplest and most easy way to address the problem is to make it easier to get people qualified to fill the vacancies that industry needs to be filled.

We have to accept that International Drivers must meet the qualification and standards that any foreign country they drive in or across demands. However, for domestic journeys, there is no reason why the Government couldn’t immediately revert to the old system where car drivers could train and qualify for a Class 1 License first time.

There is also little practical reason for the 5-day Driver CPC to continue to be required as it currently is and this could probably be reduced to just one day’s training, which itself could be provided by Transport Managers and trainers working for the Logistics Company itself who have themselves gained a Management level National CPC.

The Government could also intervene to make it easier for lorry drivers to park more freely, perhaps creating a moratorium on overnight parking regulations and encouraging local authorities to open up existing car parks at night and provide facilities for drivers where they do.

***

Very regrettably, there is an increasing feeling of inevitability about what is happening. Whilst there is a focus on a driver shortage, other industries are affected by shortages and more will soon join that list too. This is very much the thin end of the wedge and the early stages of problems coming to fruition, stored up over a very long period of time and only coming to the fore now because the Government handling of the Covid Pandemic and to a lesser degree Brexit have speeded the whole process up.

The movement of goods as we have known it is coming to an end. Supply chains will have to become much smaller by necessity as well as by welcomed design, and the days when a factory sends its products 400 miles up the Country to a Regional Distribution Centre, just so that they can come back on another truck to be delivered to the back door of a supermarket the other side of the road two days later will soon be gone. Big is not beautiful and the economies of scale are going to be outed for the con that they really are.

Instead of focusing on the effects of the problems that are now popping up all over the place, there is a need for proactive action to be taken to ensure that people within local communities will be able to function and eat. Government should be investing in farm to plate supply chains of all essential food stuffs and goods that are essential for daily life, by sponsoring and supporting cooperatives and socially-focused local business partnerships that work only to provide what the employees and managers need, whilst no longer being prohibited by providing good products to end users by many different agents inserting themselves into the supply chain at every opportunity possible, adding no real value but escalating the costs.

Categories: Uncategorized

We are heading into a new age when we will work only for our needs, not anyone’s greed

August 23, 2021 Leave a comment

Watching the world slowly tearing itself apart, with the Covid Pandemic putting a bomb under the whole process and pushing government to behave even more madly than it already was and speeding the whole process up, it has been clear that we could have changed direction and taken a very different route to the one that we are now committed to at many different times.

I have made no secret of my mistrust and concerns about government and the quality of the politicians that we have not only at Westminster, but in our Cities and Towns and within the various Councils and Legislative Bodies that bring the same poor form of leadership into our lives in a much more localised form too.

Indeed, it would be very easy to say that every problem we have can be laid at the feet of the thousands of politicians that we have ‘running’ government across the UK. And to a degree this would be correct.

Politicians are, after all, the people who are making the decisions and writing the cheques, supposedly on our behalf, to ensure that Public Services are rolled out and provide exactly what they are supposed to do so.

Yet we are the people who elect those politicians.

We are the people who give these very stupid people the mandate to do the things that they do.

We are the same people who put Boris Johnson, a completely inept and incompetent career wannabe into No10 with an 80 Seat Parliamentary Majority in December 2019, blissfully unaware of the National crisis that was about to unfold just weeks into what could still be a five-year-term that ends in 2024.

Life has increasingly become all about the self. As voters, we are rarely interested in anything going on in the world outside our bubbles. That is until whatever those issues are reach into our bubble and affect us directly in some way.

Whilst it is reasonable to expect that the politicians we elect would have an entirely different, considered and appreciative understanding of the different lives we all live, they don’t.

In fact, the only difference between the outlook of people who are wrapped up in careers making money, getting likes on social media, getting a profile and our politicians today, is that the people who have selfishly seen politics and public representation as a career, have just chosen getting a seat in Parliament as their way to achieve pretty much the same things as everyone else, without any appreciation for what their roles are really for.

All of this is important. We must understand and also accept that everyone has a stake in the pathway that brought us here to where we are now and what comes next.

It doesn’t matter if you voted for someone who didn’t get elected, voted Remain or perhaps didn’t even vote. We are all in this together, just the same, even though we have been conditioned by our pre-Covid way of living to believe that it is us against the world (with a few special friendships and relationships thrown in) and thinking that any other way of living our lives simply will not work.

Money has become our god. Its influence runs like a fat, pumping vein through every part of life. We judge others on how much money they have, how much money they earn, how much money they spend. In many ways we literally judge their worth on the basis of how much they burn.

Over decades, the influence and desire for money and the status that we believe it brings us has changed the dynamic of how the world around us works and how we value our place within it. And in business and finance, the obsession with making sums so large that the amount accumulated could never be used by the person who earned it has become so commonplace, that it is now a contingent part of the mess that we are now in.

Have you ever stopped and asked yourself the question, ‘What do I actually require to live?’

Many of us have not. And as the search for wealth and riches has increased its pace, many businesses and providers of services have tailored their offerings to provide more and more expensive material items that aren’t actually required by anyone other than those who want to show the world what they believe they’ve got. These material items are just the things that someone with money to waste believes they need to be happy and to show that they are different, when none of us are different in any real way.

Sadly, the real cost of this process has been one that we can no longer afford. The obsessive behaviour by those in positions of influence to create an environment where banks and finance houses and the businesses they are closely aligned with can do exactly as they please just to make more and more money, has and is having an impact on everyone – apart from all those who are directly involved.

The obsession with money has conditioned us against valuing the things that really matter. Relationships, Community, self-respect, care for our environment, charity and the care of whoever may be vulnerable, social interaction and a genuine willingness just to take part have all been driven into the darkness of no meaning. Meanwhile, the self-styled masters of the universe who have created a ticking time bomb of money creation based on financial instruments that are deliberately complicated – just so we will not try to understand the simplicity of how they work – have been aided and abetted by a Chancellor, Prime Minister, Government and entire Parliament that is fully invested in the continuance of a system that doesn’t work for anyone other than themselves.

Books, videos and podcasts are available everywhere that can help you to better understand the complexities and the truths that underpin our current money-based reality, if you want to go in search of answers and knowledge as a personal choice. Read as many different sources as you can and don’t be put off by giving some of that time to sources that the establishment is doing its best to silence or devalue by bringing into question the propriety of the provider.

The reality is that the money and stock markets, the banking system as it works today, globalisation and many other terms that may touch your hearing or vision as you listen to or read the news are all part of a very elaborate con. One that has worked very successfully to keep making the rich and their kind even richer, whilst taking more and more of the intrinsic value that once existed for everyone living ‘normal lives’ in their ability to work, pay their way, stay out of debt, contribute to the community and simply have the kind of life that people who may seem materially poor but meaningfully rich can afford to live without getting into debt or being called upon by messages everywhere that tell them they must be something or do something in order to qualify as having value in the eyes of others.

The system has worked this way, continuing to damage lives, communities and even the environment for so long that it has become like an ecosystem in its own right. A system where nothing that works against it can be tolerated or allowed to exist.

Regrettably, this has extended itself into the political world. This is why it is rare to find politicians who haven’t been helped or elevated into their roles, when that role itself has any power or influence that can be interpreted as having some kind of value that is worth owning in some way by the political parties and the people who support and influence them in some way.

And it would have continued to be like this indefinitely too. That is until events that are out of the control of the politicians and the establishment take over and the whole thing is stopped, as it is being so now by the Covid Pandemic and specifically by the way that our politicians and the institutions behind them have responded to it and the measures that they have unthinkingly imposed.

As I am writing today in mid-August 2021, it does in many ways look as if the world is going to return to exactly the same way that it was. A big part of the reason for this is because the culture of interests that I have discussed above have a vested interest in things continuing just the same.

The media is heavily involved in maintaining this narrative too. That is why so many of the stories that appear are using previous statistics and values as benchmarks to tell us how well things are going, rather than bringing any serious kind of focus to the many smaller stories that are out there. Real stories that joined up would tell us all very clearly that the world is now a very different place to what it was in March 2020 and that things are going to change in ways that we could never have previously believed.

The narrative is quite literally based on ‘fake it ‘til you make it’. And the establishment really does believe that if they keep telling us that things are just going to go back to being ‘normal’, that is how they will eventually turn out to be.

Unfortunately, the tricks, the spin and the manipulation have been used upon us all one too many times. People are now rapidly awakening to the damage that has been done to the lives and wellbeing of people right across the UK by the inappropriate and misguided use of behavioural science to use fear to coerce and control people, just so that the ‘system’ can continue to work for those who benefit most from it.

The narrative must be maintained if it is to keep working. This is why we have found ourselves knocking on the door to the realms of the ridiculous with the coming implementation of vaccine passports and the talk of a ‘necessary’ booster programme for a population-wide vaccine roll-out using vaccines that don’t actually vaccinate, have very limited value in other ways, and as such, are vaccines don’t actually work.

But events are already out of government control. There are things happening in the UK and around the world that our government, no other government and even the feared World Economic Forum simply cannot control.

‘The System’ is going to collapse, taking all those so heavily invested in it down along with it too.

The lives that we have been conditioned to believe to be very easy – just because everything arrives quickly at the push of a button or the flick of a switch, will soon be a thing of the past.

Our ways of thinking will inevitably be forced to change because of the events that we are now destined to experience, and we are going to have to reassess and revalue all the things that are important to us – especially where money and everything it touches, or influences is involved.

This transition will feel hard to begin with. The process is going to include upheaval of a kind we are simply not used to and with it, suffering that we have not experienced before.

But through this unavoidable exposure to the realities of the consequences that follow repeated decisions being made by those in power that are not made in the best interests of all, we will find ourselves in a place where happiness and contentment find their way into our lives once more.

Of the difficulties we face, one of the biggest will be being able to see a better way to approach community, business and commerce in comparison to the way that everything seems to get done so beneficially for us as individuals right now.

Localism or the prioritisation of community and the places or even neighbourhoods where we live will be the basis upon which we will build our new way of thinking and of looking at the world.

This is not the kind of mealy-mouthed ‘localism’ that politicians have been using for years to sell the centralisation of political power and the strengthening of their political parties’ grip on power. It is localism in the genuine sense where all decisions and public-focused priorities are made with their real impacts not only in mind, but in full view by the people who make them, who themselves will be completely invested in the public representation and service that they provide.

Business and commerce will still be essential, but in a much more responsible and considered form.

One of the problems that has led to the place we find ourselves in has been the way that new technology has been harnessed not to improve products and the services on offer. It has been used ruthlessly and, in some cases, very inhumanely as a very brutal way to reduce the requirement for manpower and as a way to reduce costs. Those benefits have never been passed on to the customer or end user. In fact, the costs to us have continued to rise at every turn.

Just because we can do something or do things in a particular way, it does not necessarily follow that we should do so. Profit is not a good master of anything. The best master will always be the best interests and experience for all those involved.

Businesses will return their focus to the products and the services that they provide, rather than the profit they can make and the money that they can be ‘sweated’ to earn for the few.

There will be a conscious approach to continuing and even reemploying people to carry out jobs and functions where machines and information technology have taken over wherever there have been savings to be made.

Yes, owners and investors will be rewarded for the risks and the commitments that they make. But the days of pension funds driving once great businesses into the ground by stripping all of their qualitative or added value for the customer – where big industry is still required – are gone.

Money will return to its intrinsic value. The intrinsic value of money is nothing. Money is a medium of exchange and nothing more.

The mindset that experience will teach us to adopt and teach to others will be one that focuses on whatever we do for work being based only upon securing that which we require to meet our needs, the needs of those of who we care for, the needs of our communities and the businesses or organisations that we own or run. The days of our focus being only on what we want to make us financially or materially rich and therefore see ourselves as better than others, or more ‘qualified’ in the eyes of others – the days of greed – are done.

As value returns to every job, function and occupation and as we realise and accept the very important role in everyone’s lives that every role plays, the real value of small, cottage businesses and industries will be realised and appreciated once more.

Necessity will dictate that the world is going to seem much smaller. But we will see the value in all the things that are very close to us, and this will help us all to discover ourselves, or real priorities and what is really important about this lesson called life than ever before.

This new, people-centric way of living will have many positive consequences that can be directly linked to the way that we feel when we value ourselves and the role that we play in the lives of others and within our communities too.

Beyond the obvious benefits to mental health and physical well-being, the local, national and world environment will benefit too as we move from the age of ‘damn the consequences’ to one where everything we do will be considered in terms of the real and full costs. We are entering the age of consequence in more ways than one.

Of those who have read this far, some will be thinking these words and this view is just fanciful, But the reality is that this new way of living and the principles upon which our way of living will be based is no longer a choice.

The damage that has been done by lack of thought, lack of care and a complete disrespect for the lives of others over decades and possibly longer, carries with it a significant price that will have to be paid.

The establishment as it is today has literally driven us to the end of the road. Their actions have led to all that we will have to live through in the coming months and years. Meanwhile we will all fulfil our roles in the process of everything being reset and returned to the place where it should already have been.

As things change now and as they appear to get worse and worse, it is vital that we are not drawn in by the words of those whose words reach our ears or our eyes, simply because they have the platform of celebrity, fame or politics from the world as it has been and was before.

These are the people who are invested in keeping things the same as they have been. But they are also the sirens calling at the ship of change from very dangerous rocks that possess the power to sink everything. We must ignore what the messages they sing to us as the easy route back to all we knew, as the momentum from the sea of change will take us safely past without unnecessary effort on our part.

Listen to the words you hear or read. Follow the words that resonate. The messages that make sense to you, even when that sense cannot even be explained.

Trust your instinct in an unquestioning and committed way like you have never done so before.

The change that you desire is coming. You may not see it yet. But we have already passed the start.

#Together is #NotEnough

August 21, 2021 Leave a comment

For a few minutes this week, I had genuine the genuine hope that somebody, somewhere was using the platform they have to do something different that was going to turnout to be really constructive. For moments, it looked like someone had successfully began the task of bringing people together to create a genuine political alternative to the political culture and all of the political parties that it consists of to begin the process of change and give us the way to win against them all.

We need this political alternative like never before.

The Government response to COVID and the way that these self-serving politicians are continuing to pursue everything that fits their failed Zero COVID narrative is a travesty for all, even though a growing majority recognise that this outcome will never be achieved when dealing with a virus that is already endemic worldwide.

The biggest problem we face, is not dealing with vaccine passports, future lockdowns or any of the other social distancing measures that the Johnson Government has imposed.

The biggest problem that must deal with is and will be the consequences and the impacts of the Johnson Government Response to the Covid Pandemic that have as yet to hit us, and will be proved to be more disruptive to life than anyone will have seen in living memory.

But it doesn’t end there. These problems that we are all facing have been in the making for a lot longer than the last 18 months. These problems have been in the making for months, years and many decades before COVID even entered our lives in early 2020.  

Governments on all political sides have been slowly strangling and destroying the fabric of this Country and the way that everything works for us for decades. The state of the NHS, the handling of the War on Terror and our exit from Afghanistan, the housing crisis, the simple fact that many of us cannot afford to live and function without getting into debt. These are just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to the fallout from all of the very damaging policies that politicians have forced into our lives, whilst telling us that they have our best interests at heart.

They don’t.

Because all of the rotten decisions that these politicians have taken have been implemented in isolation and one at a time, very few of us have really  noticed what has been going on as we have carried on with what we considered to be ‘normal’ life.

In some ways this has been deliberate. But whether deliberate or not, people do not question things changing when they do not appear to have any impact on their own lives. Indeed if all of the changes that have taken place in just 10 years were wrapped up and implemented in one go, there is absolutely no way that the majority of us would have agreed to them. Because even those things that seemed to be beneficial for us personally at the time when they were done would look overwhelmingly disadvantageous for us if we had an uncomplicated opportunity to weigh up all that they do.

There is not one part of life touched by public policy that has not been screwed with by politicians who are motivated by self-interest and in many cases fear. In public representation, these are completely the wrong things.

It was inevitable that these many issues would come to a head. But the Johnson Government’s response to COVID has speeded up this process exponentially. There are no very troubling times ahead, and when put in the context of all that is going wrong today, right the way around the world, we are headed for the perfect storm.

There is no doubt that the Johnson Government could have handled the COVID pandemic very differently from the start.

There is no doubt that Lockdowns, Social Distancing and the repression of our basic freedoms was never necessary in the way that the Johnson Government has imposed them. But dealing with the problems that we know face has become about so much more than Covid-related problems alone.

Coming together to work together, be together, and change things together is a very worthy aim and cause. But people with their own agendas are working very effectively together already.

The Conservative Party is together. The Labour Party is together. The Liberal Democrats party is together. The SNP is together. The Brexit Party was together. The Organisations and movements in this Country and around the World that already use the name ‘Together’ to promote their work or cause are together.

Being #Together because it sounds right is #NotEnough.

The problem that we face is not a political one, even though it is being caused by politicians who were elected to represent political parties.

The problem is purely about the people involved. And if we continue to look at this problem in an isolated way and under the assumption that it can be solved with a focused political solution involving the politicians that we already have, nothing that needs to be changed is going to change.

Yes, working together is absolutely key. But the together that we’re really talking about will only be achieved and is only possible if everyone or people representing all parts of society is happily and actively involved. Being together by choice is not enough. We have to feel together, believe that we are all together and want to be in this together.

Hiding away in your comfort zone in chat rooms and within Telegraph chat groups demonstrating to each other what your very own idea of being together actually means will not engage all the people who need to come together to both instigate and then make real change work for us all – even though you might feel better about it all this way at the start.

The only way that widespread and meaningful change can be achieved of the kind that will really be beneficial to all is by launching and developing A New Party For All. One that is inclusive, covers and addresses all issues and above all sees being together as bringing everyone to the table. Through fairness and care for everyone it will deliver solutions and policies for our future together that are always in the best interests of everyone – even when this will feel very unfair to some in the first instance because it will no longer allow them to behave as if they are privileged or different to others in some way.

Coming together online or in a park in London behind a meme that has gone viral is simply not enough for us to all be together.

You will know that you are part of a movement that can win when the same people you see as being against you and what you believe to be right today, who live in the communities, places and even homes where you live, begin to share your views and recognise all the things you have in common again, rather than focusing only upon these very few things that are currently setting so many of us apart.

Change across the UK cannot and will not be achieved by focusing on COVID related policies alone.

#Together, really must mean TOGETHER in the broadest sense of the term.

This is no longer about the few, no matter how different they might be.

#AnewPartyForAll is the only way.

Categories: Uncategorized

#Together is not #Together enough. The fight to liberate us all from the tyranny of this Government is about so much more

August 19, 2021 Leave a comment

Yes, of course it is heartening to see an online campaign picking up this afternoon that means virtually every other social media post I’ve seen in the past few minutes is carrying the #Together message and bringing news that suggests at least 80 different anti-government groups are finally working towards doing something that is joined-up, rather than going it alone.

But there’s a problem. There’s already a flaw. This whole approach is focused only on the Government response to Covid, when to really succeed and liberate this Country from such damaging forms of leadership, the debate, the response and the action taken simply has to be about so much more.

The problems that have been created for all of us by the Government response to Covid or all

The decisions it has taken to handle this crisis are not simply about the Covid Pandemic alone.

In fact, every problem that we as a Country now have, including our part in the unfolding horror in Afghanistan, are the result of us having politicians in power and ‘leading us’ who are there for the wrong reasons. They are totally inept and totally out of their depth.

Yes, Covid Passports are wrong. But they are just the next step or stage in a long narrative that began when people who had coveted job titles but not the responsibility that goes with them suddenly found themselves faced with a national crisis without having the ability to lead.

They fell back on career professionals for answers. People who had never left their offices before and were never going to step back from the opportunity to make a national crisis all about their own expertise, rather than seeing a medical response as only part of the answer or solution that we all needed and still need – which is what good leaders would have done from the start, IF we had had them in this Government’s place.

Yes, by protesting and using your platforms to give your fight against this injustice a voice, you may succeed in getting the very stupid people in charge to change a few things. But these are people who will not change much. They will only change the things necessary to shut you up so that you don’t feel the need to keep shouting, so that you will shut up and simply go away.

These are not the people who any of us need leading us now or anymore.

The problems that this Government have created since before they even began responding to Covid haven’t even really started to arrive. We are on the verge of a financial crisis that will be horrific for us all and could arrive at any time. And if you think they’ve failed us over Covid itself, wait til you see how bad it will get when there is no food on the supermarket shelves and no money to pay people, then watch the TV and see that it’s the same old politicians or others who are just like them who are still in control.

Yes, we must all work #Together but the issues we must work with and be open and ready to talk about must make sense to everyone else too, if #Together is to have real meaning and bring #Together ALL the people who really must now become involved.

The real opportunity here is to take this all to another level. To make this the beginning of a real movement for change that really does include and works for all.

A New Party For All is the only weapon that we need and the only action that will succeed in bringing this Government and the political culture that feeds it down, so that it can be replaced with real public representatives who understand all that needs to be done, and will work tirelessly to represent the best interests of us all.

Please do not waste the chance that we have and the time that the way that British Politics works means that we have no choice but to accept as being available.

The next level is stepping away from focusing on the obvious and approaching this fight in the only way that it can really be won.

By establishing A New Party For All right now, and by doing the work necessary to include and make sense of all this to even the people you may think today you disagree with, we can collectively build a real alternative to this ridiculous Parliament, so that when the next General Election is called, it is a contest that can not only be fought, but actually won.

Yes, I know that many of you want immediate action and change to happen now. But we are not in that place.

Working for tomorrow today and doing it properly will change minds and that itself will create change much sooner than you think.

You might win a battle with this campaign today. But if you want to win the war, you will need to step up and play the Government game on a level that these politicians and the whole rotten class behind them simply doesn’t possess the same tools and understanding that you can – if you step up and unleash it – to win.

A vaccination programme using vaccines that do not vaccinate is no vaccination programme at all

August 19, 2021 Leave a comment

As one of the few writing about what the Government was getting wrong with its response to the Covid Pandemic since before even the first Lockdown began, the subject of vaccinations and their use as the anchor upon which our ‘freedom’ laid at rest was one that I covered early on.

Given that we are continually told by the media that we are a significant way into a ‘successful’ Covid vaccination programme, it may seem a little odd that my greatest concern now is that the indefinite period of time it would take to create, test and roll-out an effective vaccine – if one could actually be found, then, is the very same one that I have today – some 17 months later, as we are continually bombarded with Government propaganda that keeps telling us that the so-called vaccines that are available, are being rolled out and are the only way.

The dictionary definition of a Vaccine is ‘any preparation used as a preventative inoculation to confer immunity against a specific disease, usually employing an innocuous form of the disease or agent, as killed or weakened bacteria or viruses, to stimulate antibody production.

Yet The injections that we are increasingly being coerced into receiving under the pretence of immunisation are not immunising us at all.

People who have received two jabs are still carrying and spreading the Covid Virus. They are falling ill with it, and in some cases are even dying from Covid after being ‘immunised’ – meaning they have not actually been immunised at all. The latest research released into the mainstream even tells us that those who have been vaccinated can carry the very same viral load as those who have not received any jabs.

What we appear to be experiencing, from all of the ‘Covid vaccines’ that have come to market, is the roll out and use of an injected agent that may only reduce the symptoms of any illness caused to the recipient by exposure to the forms of the Covid Virus that were known at the time the formula in use was created.

Reducing the risk of illness caused by the Covid Virus is of course a worthy aim in itself. As such, there remains significant potential value to the health of individuals from receiving medication of this kind if these ‘medicines’ have been fully tested and all of the potential outcomes are identified and known.

What we are actually being given and what the Government is telling us that we are being given as part of this so-called ‘vaccination programme’ are two very different things. Yet the Government’s ongoing approach and the legislation they are considering using, such as ‘vaccine passports’ and the requirement for health workers to be ‘vaccinated’ makes clear that they see them as being the same thing in every single way.

At this stage, it may be useful to make clear that I am not an anti-vaxxer. I have had two Pfizer jabs myself and did so because I believe that consideration for how the Government Behavioural Science programme has impacted people around me and the people I care about is just as important as how I might feel about all of this if I were able to look at it as if I were living in an isolated bubble and completely on my own.

However, we have been coercively sold the need for everything to hinge around the covid vaccine in the sense of it being a vaccination programme in the established or accepted sense. One that has fitted with the Government’s ‘Zero Covid’ approach, with the whole equation only having real value if both parts work exactly how they should.

With the so-called vaccine not being a vaccine and not doing what a vaccine should do in the accepted sense, it is clear that we are taking part in a vaccination programme using vaccines that do not vaccinate and are as such not part of a vaccination programme at all.

The Government Zero Covid approach is an absolute. With their commitment to it, it necessarily follows that any medical intervention they implement across the population to achieve this outcome safely must provide an absolute solution to the problem in order to achieve that outcome too.

Otherwise, it is regrettably all too easy to conclude that the result or aim that the Government are working towards could never have been the objective of their ultimate plan.

The alternative to this would be that the products the Government has invested so much public money in already are not suitable for the purpose intended. As such, the Government must either end the reliance on the ‘vaccines’ that already exist or come clean and make clear that this focus on a vaccination programme that can never deliver, will continue indefinitely until we reach the point where it does.

The situation that the Government is in and the danger or risk to us they have created is absolutely ridiculous.

Clinging to the wreckage of their flawed policies and committed as they are to the implementation of Vaccine Passports – when the vaccines aren’t actually vaccines at all – piles fuel on to the fires of the conspiracy theorists who are interpreting the chronology of events as all being part of a worldwide takeover or ‘The Great Reset’ under the auspices of the WEF.

The reality is, however, that the highest and most responsible public roles in this Country have been nothing but empty chairs since the beginning of the Covid Pandemic.

Boris Johnson, Rishi Sunak and all the other overly ambitious wannabe Ministers and MPs who covet the top jobs – but never the responsibility that it will give them, have been chasing their tails throughout and have been led by a full range of false prophets since this whole sorry saga began.

The whole response to the Covid Pandemic has been delivered on the basis of providing solutions that tackle everything that Covid could be, rather than what Covid is, or what it has already become.

Whilst a working, fully tested, fully researched and fully immunising Covid Vaccine should always have been a part of any long-term government plan, the reality at the beginning of the crisis was much then as it is now. The focus should be on doing everything to maintain normal life and the real economy throughout the UK, by making the response to illness and the support of those who become ill the very best that it can be, rather than making a virus that by its very nature is subject to continual change the god around which all thoughts on life must operate.

The choices the Government have made can only reflect a deliberate choice (conspiracy) or reflect that those making the decisions are doing so because they are incapably stupid (In the circumstances might be classed by some as insane).

There really is no conspiracy at work on the scale that a great many people who share the view that this Government must go, so ardently believe. The conspiracy that does exist is the way that our political system and access to the seats that are available for MPs to sit in our Parliament are being controlled by just 3 Political Parties. It literally means that the ideas and aims of just a few are being rolled out, repackaged and continually resold to us as if we are participating in and being cared for within a real democracy, when it would be accurate to use dictatorship as the better-informed name.

You cannot fix a problem until you have identified and accepted the real cause. What we are going to witness time and time again, often and as the coming weeks and months unfold, is crisis after crisis. Because we are being led by people who are unfit to lead us. People who can only be replaced by other people who are just as unfit to lead us. All because we will not collectively accept that it is only by creating an alternative to these people and the political machines that enable them that we will be able to finally unleash the yoke of government by stupidity and assume the rightful power to define life and ways of living that are fair and in the interests of everyone involved.

An Open Letter to all those who want change

August 17, 2021 1 comment

I’ve written a number of blogs that discuss the need for political change and the reality that we need a completely new, inclusive and all-issue-facing political party or movement to achieve this.

The challenge we face together is that too many of the people who feel passionate about that change believe that the next steps are all about dealing with politicians the way they themselves see politics to be, rather than taking all the steps necessary to tackle politics and the politicians we have the way that they really are.

We must be open to the ideas and efforts of others, whilst working collectively to channel and focus them all constructively so that we all approach the problems we face in the same way.

With this in mind, I have been very open to the idea of joining and supporting the work being done to establish a political alternative by others, and I recently responded to a call to action from someone with a public profile, who is trying to use their platform in a way they see as being beneficial to everyone.

With the experience and knowledge I have of politics, campaigning, activism and the workings of government itself, I quickly became aware that many of the others looking to become involved do indeed want change, but they want that change to materialise by staying within the safety of their own comfort zone sadly an approach that will not help anyone.

Regrettably, it is simply the case that tackling problems of the magnitude that we now face will not be achieved if everyone with a platform or an audience of some kind keeps demanding that everyone else has to do things their way, rather than doing them the way that will engage others and build a narrative that others will be committed to – because its something that they relate to and understand.

I felt it was right to lay out my stall. Below is a generic de-personalised and appropriately edited version of the e-mail that I circulated to the number of people who were given my contact details online:

***

Hello Everyone,

It’s great to be in touch with anyone who is fed up, frustrated and angry about what our politicians have done and are still doing.

What is clear, from looking at the messages that are circulating out there on social media, and from the approaches taken by the alternative political movement that are springing up, is that there are a lot of us and our numbers are rapidly growing. But, we are on different trajectories with our thinking, and probably what we want to get out of working with others, or what we believe we can achieve out of it too.

This would be absolutely fine if we were all only motivated by trying to create some kind of social network where we all have some kind of common cause.

Instead, we find ourselves facing a national crisis where a Government filled with politicians who really aren’t fit to represent themselves, let alone anyone else, have responded to the emergence of a nasty virus by forcing solutions on us all that deal with how things could be, rather than how they really are. All of this – and there’s no quick way for any of these politicians to be removed!

Clearly, we are all really happy that more and more people are at least beginning to talk about the things that are wrong. Yet with the different ideas we all have right now, the problem that we face together is rather like the scenarios of the Marvel Films ‘Infinity War’ and ‘Endgame’, where Dr Strange foresaw 14,000,605 outcomes for how the future could unfold, yet in only one of the possibilities would the Avengers actually win the war.

Right now, the need for change that we all see is different. Some of us see change being about stopping Lockdowns. Others believe change is about getting rid of masks and social distancing. There are many others who have concerns about the vaccines and use of vaccine passports too.

Of those people, many think that because they see all these things as being wrong, that somehow, perhaps through protests in London and attacks through social media, there will be a change of mind at the heart of Government, and in the thoughts of the people we see wearing masks and pushing the Government agenda back at us each and every day.

Regrettably, this will not be the case.

The opportunity that we have to change things is based on everyone working together. It will not lead to the result that we really do need from this, if we all keep focusing on our own views and experience of the past 18 months and keep pushing for the 14,000,604+ scenarios, rather than working together to get our response right from the start and deliver the winning 1.

It is important to understand that other people will not change their view of Covid or stop wearing masks because they are ridiculed, continually told they are wrong or even if the uncorrupted science is fully explained to them.

People who have been deliberately terrified by the Government need other people like you and I to give them confidence to fill the gap between what they were told by politicians they should have been able to trust and what we have all known to be the truth all along.

You might be surprised to learn that the number of people ‘against’ us, is much smaller than thought. A great many of the people you might see wearing masks and doing whatever the Government tells them are just law-abiding citizens, doing what they believe necessary and right, in the same way as none of us want to voluntarily pay tax, but inevitably do.

So, the job to be done, might not actually be as big for us all as it could be. But with a great proportion of the people that we need to see something new differently and as being credible in the way that will make enough of them want to go out and vote, it does mean that we MUST get everything, absolutely right.

This means tackling the issues that affect everyone, every day, and not just anything or everything to do with Covid – because focusing only on the few issues we feel important right now is not the way to reach everyone that we need to.

What won’t work for anyone in any good way now, is for the conversation, dialogue and brain storming that needs to happen – and that we are on the verge of starting or making even bigger – to be kept shut away and hidden behind closed doors.

We MUST take the risk of engaging with people who have very different perspectives to our own and have enough faith in the same people we would otherwise happily drink with, shop with, visit landmarks with and share our communities with, that they have something important to say about all of this too.

By tackling all the issues that this political class has either spent decades running away from or glossing over with our money that they have willingly overspent, we will be successful in identifying the common ground that we all need for the future and success of our whole Country. Above all else is, this is the roadmap to being successful in bringing everyone together to make life better for all of us too.

I will not be offended if I never hear a word from you and you simply ignore this blog. It is simply the case that the aim of delivering something better for everyone – including fixing the disaster which is this Government’s approach to Covid has and is proving to be – can only be achieved if we really get to grips with the need to work together and then do so positively and proactively as one.

The opportunity of working with others to tackle the problems that those currently in our political system have created can only be addressed by creating A New Party For All. Building a movement that we all want to be a part of over the coming months. So, at the time the opportunity to change all this comes – which regrettably will be at the next General Election – we have the right people ready to run as Candidates in every Parliamentary Constituency, have done all the work necessary and have the support network in place throughout all of our communities, to ensure that the majority of voters in this Country do not see there being any other credible choice.

We have the choice to start work today, so that we can have the change we need tomorrow.

Change will not come before. And it will be a disaster for us all if we get to the next General Election, go to our Polling Station and find that Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat, none of the above and any of the other Parties that have been set up to follow particular agendas or the aims and ambitions of the people who lead them are all that we have for a so-called democratic choice.

Please do read this Blog I wrote back in May HERE, or share and start following the social media @ANewPartyForAll – which could be used to provide the foundation of what we need.

If you would like to understand better what we really need from politicians, please visit www.howtogetelected.wordpress.com and read the list of pages on the right from top to bottom, all the way through.

Whatever you do, I wish you all well with your campaigns, and hope that we will have the opportunity to meet soon.

Best wishes,

Adam

Afghanistan: Poor Politics took us in, Poor Politics is taking us out, and still no recognition of the damage that Western Foreign Policy does to other cultures and to ourselves in between

August 13, 2021 Leave a comment

With the 20-year anniversary of the Twin Towers Attacks in New York fast approaching, the US Biden Administration has seen this date as an appropriate milestone upon which to hinge the final withdrawal of troops and a military presence from Afghanistan.

Yes, you might easily wonder upon the relevance and the link. But the War on Terror which followed the Terrorist Attacks on the United States in September 2001, was purposefully linked with Afghanistan. This land-locked, war-ravaged Country was selected by the ‘Western Allies’ as the place where the ‘fight back’ would begin.

The question that we should be asking, as we see Western Powers falling over themselves to get personnel out of the Country as quickly as possible – whilst the Taliban take over Cities and Towns daily, imposing their own medieval interpretation of Islam on a battle-weary population at every step as they do – is what exactly did we achieve by invading Afghanistan, and who really benefitted as a result?

Terror, or rather ‘Islamic’ Terror, hasn’t gone away. People are still being indoctrinated with this brutal take on an otherwise peaceful Religion, and the very same hatred of the Western World which was present 20 years ago is still very much in existence, if not even worse now as a result of the so-called ‘War on Terror’ than it was even then.

You cannot bomb or kill a way of thinking out of existence. If anything, extreme violence encourages even more empathy and support for what a very questionable cause might otherwise be, with the immediate question ‘what is so wrong with us that we are treated this way’, quickly giving way to yet more fervency of an ideology that sees justice in the pursuit of the destruction of Western thinking in every conceivable way.

Basically, our politicians and the strategists and advisers behind them, simply don’t think. They don’t think about the consequences of the decisions they make. They certainly don’t take time to think about the reality or many realities that underpin an ideology and mindset that drives other human beings to want to engage in terrible, violent acts and self-sacrifice, and why the behaviour of Western Governments over decades and possibly centuries too, has led other people and perhaps even entire nations to look at us all and think this way too.

Afghanistan is known historically as a graveyard for Armies. We, the British have been there before. So too have the Russians. And over the past two decades, even a substantial International Presence under the strategic ‘leadership’ of the United States has done nothing to turn what certainly appears to be an historic tide another and more peaceful way.

The flaw in the West’s thinking, is to look upon other cultures in Countries such as Afghanistan, and think that the way we live, the way we do things, the way we value money above all else, and the way we let business put their interests above all other interests is in some way enlightened. We believe that what we see to be an advanced way of living gives us the right to call ourselves civilised, whilst looking down judgementally on anyone who fails to share the same values or doesn’t prize the same things that we do.

The difference between what we have been conditioned to believe as perfectly normal and in everyone’s best interests, and the cultures that we see as backward shows that we have a complete lack of respect for reality.

We have the arrogance to look upon other ways of living and belief systems with a level of disdain that when thought about carefully really should be telling is that the backward cultures of the world are more likely to be our own.

Surely, we must be able to appreciate the level of hatred and the pain necessary, for the way of life that the Taliban, ISIS and Islamic State dictate to be attractive to bring enough people to their cause that they can take over entire Regions and Countries and remove the supposedly more civilised and Westernised systems that were previously in their place as if they never existed.

No, there is simply no excuse for the barbarity of what they do and the excuses they overtly give for doing so.

But until we manage any unavoidable intervention in a foreign land with a real respect for local culture and local populations in the way that we should do, rather than simply attempting to impose ways of thinking that mirror our own, we are destined to create even more disharmony, hurt our real friends and put enemies – and potentially violent ones in their place.

The trick was missed as soon as we walked into Afghanistan. Our politicians and their henchmen did what we always do at home. They snuggled up to the people with the platforms and the loudest voices who inevitably had their own agenda, rather than taking time to reach out, engage and build relationships with the people who have something worth investing in, but are inevitably hidden from view.

Despite many opportunities and hundreds of needless UK Service Personnel deaths, the approach that we took and the influence that we could have asserted on the US leadership, all we have left anyone in Afghanistan has been a sum total of damage and chaos along the way, with the final betrayal of leaving them at the mercy of the Taliban.

Both Biden and Johnson may believe that this is the end of the Afghanistan Chapter and that elsewhere, there are bigger fish for them to fry.

But there aren’t. All these foreign interventions without thought and consideration for the consequences do is cause more problems for the populations of those Countries, and inevitably a whole lot more trouble for us – no matter what our politicians do to hide it from our view.

The more sinister aspect of the Western ‘exit’ from Afghanistan this time, leaving the Country in the terrible state that it is and on the verge of all-out civil war with perhaps yet another attempt at a medieval-type Caliphate taking over, is that China is looking to develop interests there, and their involvement could easily bring legitimacy to an archaic form of despotism in a volatile part of the World and with a level of threat to us that we have never knowingly experienced before.

The chances are that in a world destabilised by the Covid Pandemic and the chickens which are decades of financial mindlessness and money printing coming home to roost, it will not be long after 11 September 2021 before our attention is drawn to the mistakes that our politicians have made and Afghanistan once more.

Money: The dream is dying (If it’s not already dead)

August 11, 2021 Leave a comment

You’ve gotta love the way that the mainstream media somehow manages to keep on missing the real news.

In a week when the plight of Geronimo the Bovine TB+ive Alpaca was creatively made to look like some 160,000 deaths of infected cows over the same period that his owner has been fighting Defra simply didn’t exist, the pillars of our information rich society managed to overlook the further £1.15Billion of Bonds that the Bank of England has bought, extending Rishi Sunak’s mammoth money printing and public spending spree into realms which really do now span into the complete unknown.

Don’t get hung up on who is buying or who is selling what to who, when it comes to any kind of financial ‘product’, when the Bank of England or the Government are involved. Either way, this is a process of injecting even more obscene amounts of cash into an already overladen economy – all of which is effectively debt being run up on the public tab.

The thinking that underpins financial jiggery-pokery of this magnitude isn’t only flawed; it is also exceptionally dangerous. The repeated bouts of money creation that the Johnson Government has instigated since the Covid Pandemic began are so high, there is no practical way that this Country can pay anything near the whole amount back.

There is talk that our children and grandchildren will still be paying the bill. But the Johnson Government really have gone too far.

What is more, they have done this not off the back of owning something secure like gold – that actually exists.

They have literally created all of this money out of thin air, all on the principle that the system will keep rolling, accumulating like a rolling snowball, and that as long as it keeps rolling in the same direction (That means the money available gets bigger and bigger), then those driving it and who are responsible for it will never suffer from a fall.

What this apparently bright idea overlooks is the stark reality that exits when the amount of money available increases exponentially, whilst products, land, houses and capital assets that we can actually own, increase at a significantly slower rate – that is, if the amount of them available actually increases at all.

Those at the top of the money chain – who always end up with the bulk of all this newly created cash, have increasing buying power that the majority of us can only dream of. Meanwhile, they push the value of everything up significantly – alongside all the others who are milking the system or taking out value without giving anything back – whilst those on the lowest wages and increasingly even the middle classes too, simply don’t get the wage rises that mean they can keep up with price rises just enough to stand still.

By now, you will probably have realised that this isn’t a Covid-related problem. In fact, this problem isn’t really that new at all. It’s been in the making for 50 years or more.

What’s different now, is the way that the Government and the Bank of England under its instruction, has upped and is continuing to spend.

It is a matter for debate whether the money pumped out to keep the economy moving during Lockdown should ever have been needed at all. But we are well past that point now. And if we go back to the snowball idea that I mentioned above, the reason that so much money is being created and pumped into the economy, is literally to keep the whole thing moving because the Government is terrified what will happen if the whole thing stops.

SPOILER ALERT: It’s going to stop. The snowball will stop rolling and will not be able to grow any more.

The financial system and the economy are going to crash.

It’s not an if. It’s a when.

And the only question that we and ideally the media should be asking, is which will be the straw that finally breaks the camel’s back.

There are a range of different ways, and the list is growing. It could be the escalation of cost-of-living prices, like the energy price rises coming in the autumn, or even the flattening of the additional £20 per week allocated to families on Universal Credit as part of the Covid ‘bounce’. It could be a shortage of food on the shelves being caused by a shortage of drivers (that has more to do with the ridiculous standards and licensing requirements that the EU imposed on the industry rather than any lack of EU drivers caused by Brexit) and the unadulterated greed of shipping companies that have created a worldwide shipping monopoly that is seeing prices for goods transport go stratospheric – not for any good reason other than that they can name their price, based on making obscene levels of profit alone. Then there are the issues that are out of our hands such as the precarious state of the US economy, which itself is on the edge of a precipice so large, that it could end the US hold on everything economic as we watch the position of the US Dollar as the World Reserve Currency simply implode.

Whatever tips the balance, it really doesn’t matter. The way that money and economics works today is already well and truly sunk.The neoliberal dream that money can be whatever you make it is dying. That is, If it’s not already dead.

Instead of using the borrowed time that the Bank of England and the Government has left to do anything that they might be able to try to mitigate or offset this coming disaster, they are instead upping the throttle and increasing the speed of compiling and contributing events, literally treating the whole thing as if a disaster is impossible and will never happen. They are working on the premise that they can literally fake it til they make it, by printing more and more money until they believe they will have completely weathered the storm.

Think very carefully about the relationships you have with the people, businesses and community members located around you. Do all that you can to cultivate and develop them in positive ways. Because a time will come perhaps very soon, when we will all have to trade, borrow, barter, help and support the people who are immediately around us – just as life for everyone in this Country once was.

Obsessed with big headlines and the powerful job titles that each and every one of them is sniffing out next, MPs and Government Ministers focus only on what bigs them up, rather than fulfilling the roles that they were elected for.

Foreign trade deals really aren’t going to help in a world that has to reject globalisation because of the fallout from covid and the fact that we are being woken quickly to the unfolding nightmare which is climate change.

Government should instead be investing the money it has available whilst it still has tangible value. Government should support the growth and sustainability of local economies and supply chains that really do away with every kind of unnecessary journey and make it both practical and cost effective for as much of the food we eat and the products we buy to have travelled next to no miles as possible.

We really should be taking this opportunity to focus proactively on going back to improved and better ways and models of working that value every form of human input equally, meaning that a happy debt-free, safe and healthy life is something that even the poorest members of our society and communities can afford.

These things can be done in ways that will remove a lot of unnecessary pain when they are done not by necessity, but by reasoned choice.

Rather than being what the news should be, GB News missed its opportunity from minute one because it only aims to give alternative perspectives to media opinions that already exist

August 10, 2021 Leave a comment

Like many others, I was very hopeful that the arrival of GB News would herald a very different approach to news provision across the UK. I can’t help feeling that what we have actually got from Andrew Neil’s Team represent a huge opportunity being missed.

In the current news and mainstream media climate, the challenge to under promise and over deliver should have been an open goal. We have a media obsessed with negative sensationalism and presenting opinion as factual news, all the time playing on the regrettable reality that the vast majority of people in this Country simply do not look at anything media-based, critically in any way.

Journalism has in many ways taken on the role of being yet another career calling for the metropolitan elite, and journalists themselves have become members of a pantheon of celebrity gods, where we have witnessed the evolution from reliable agents of truth to 24-hour ego displays where the individual has become the ongoing story, rather than anything remotely in touch with keeping us all up to date with reality and anything like the wider truth.

Simply giving us the facts and discussing the responses from Government or whoever else was closely involved in an open, unbiased and balanced way would itself have been enough to do all that we were being told that GB News would do from our pre-launch view of the can.

Yet the direction of travel became clear within minutes of Andrew Neil’s introduction on the evening that GB News was launched, when we were given an immediate back story for all the key new presenters – setting out a stall which somehow said ‘our presenters are better than the others’, thereby immediately falling into the same trap of it all being about the individual and who is better qualified to tell the news, rather than it being all about the news and why we can rely on this channel to keep us accurately informed.

Yes, you have to give a new news station the opportunity to get things right. However, excusable technical glitches aside, it appears that the moment Guto Harri took the BLM knee, the pathway was fixed, and GB News was set on a date with destiny that it has so far done nothing to try and avoid.

Indeed, whilst evening viewing figures around the time of the Nigel Farage Show might be rising, there is the inevitable question to be asked about it – which is Why?

The answer isn’t rocket science either. It’s because there are a lot of people who like to hear Nigel’s opinion. They certainly don’t tune in because they think he’s about to serve up a big helping of objectively delivered news.

On balance, those who have previously suggested that the whole GB News project was launched just so it would become the UK’s answer to Fox News could be right. The travesty of that is that since the Regional News Industry crashed overnight following Rupert Murdoch’s declaration that ‘the rivers of gold which once were classified advertising have dried up – we are going on the net’ (or words to that effect), the local and regional stories that many more people want to hear about and engage with have not been covered in anything near being a meaningful way.

The reality that Andrew and his strategy team might do well to consider is that the GB News Platform could have easily and very quickly have become the universal news vehicle of cross-demographic choice.

Personally, I’m hoping that it’s still early enough in the day for GB News to change. Like the politicians it spends a lot of time focusing on, the room for improvement when it comes to outreach and engagement with people, businesses and communities at a local level is so considerable, it is difficult to understand why it is not already the clear choice.

Categories: Uncategorized Tags:

Net Zero is not only possible, we MUST aim for it too. However, it is an objective that requires inspiration and true statesmanship to deliver and it’s foolish to believe it can simply be imposed

August 10, 2021 Leave a comment

Probably one of the most unhelpful arguments being conducted, then pushed by the media is the question over climate change, global warming and who or what is to blame or at fault.

It’s a dead cat debate, doing considerably more harm than good, simply because it is preventing reasoned discussion and action being taken to alleviate the impact on us all from the changes to the weather that are already evident and plain for us to see.

I cannot disagree with the concerns and arguments about the approach of big business and the consequences for the environment and serious risk to our quality of life from industrialisation, mechanisation, globalisation and the driving forces of greed and the motivation for achieving profit whatever the true cost.

But before we can even begin to tackle that problem in a way that will prove to be meaningful for all, there has to be an epiphany in governments right across the world. With it the recognition that public policy and the responsibility of government sits at the heart of the entire environmental debate, and that there are few areas of public policy which do not touch or fail to be influenced by the green question and environmental issues in some way.

The UK itself is already facing a range of problems from the climate changes taking place. A very good example of how different policy areas overlink in ways that are very serious, whilst being overlooked by our MPs and politicians would be the increasing problems that we are experiencing with flooding. Here, a rather large blind eye is also being covered over too, simply because housebuilding has become the obvious answer to a housing crisis that our politicians will not deal with in more appropriate ways. In so doing. Our political class are condemning existing homes, the villages, communities and towns around them to what might soon be very serious flooding problems, when taking responsibility and doing things differently could make this in many cases much easier to avoid.

Building green policy on what looks good in the media, what wins votes and what is easy to do is no way to tackle a worldwide crisis. One that will reach an inescapable point where its impacts are going to become very serious for us all.

Government cannot avoid the way the world works and why people and businesses are invested so heavily in things remaining as they are.

Ironically, the behavioural science that has been so heavily relied upon to coerce people into doing what the government wanted them to do as part of the political response to the Covid Pandemic, could be put to much better and constructive use. It could be applied to providing ‘nudges’ that govern the way people are thinking about their own impact on the environment and what they can independently do to help us all to go green.

However, using policies to force people to change does not consider the practical realities such as affordability, accessibility and what other policies green policy itself will impact – bearing in mind that you can be certain that with each step taken, there will be practical and in many cases hard-hitting consequences for us all.

To hear the Government, the media, the activists and academics preach, you could easily conclude that the UK is one of the worst sinners of the World. But it is not.

Whilst Government may feel galvanised in its ability to ‘impose’ green solutions on us all by the ‘success’ it has ‘achieved’ in forcing the UK to indulge all the unnecessary and costly responses to the Covid Pandemic it has imposed, taking this stupidity even further into the imposition of green technologies will end up in a disaster for this Country. One that will arrive much quicker and be far more consequential for all of us than the alternative of starting to deal with climate change the hard way and the right way. Currently, they are taking the easy route, as control freaks inevitably always do, concluding that giving this date or that date and a reliance on technology that doesn’t even exist, that future change is safe to impose upon us all.

In terms of the environment and the wider green issues that are involved, it is important to remember that the idealist’s viewpoint is that the problem will be solved with unilateral solutions that only affect people and businesses based in the UK. Yet isolated action will only hurt us, whilst doing nothing to address a problem that is the worlds, not just the UKs to own.

The reality is that we will not influence anyone or any other Country in a way that will be helpful to anyone, if our politicians just force through legislation such as heat pumps for homes, that are wholly impractical and consider none of the impacts on anything other than the environment itself – just as the Johnson Government has been doing by undertaking all policy decisions in isolation where Covid has been involved.

One of the biggest obstacles to progress on environmental issues worldwide, is the sordid fact that money is always and inevitably involved.

Money motivates people deeply in an emotionally entrenched way. And people who have lots of it and want more of it will not let issues that don’t agree with their own narrative get in their way.

Corporate interests are a massive part of the climate change problem. They will continue to be so until those responsible can be convinced that the same or more profit can be achieved for them, by conducting their business in a very different and environmentally friendly way.

Sadly, like most things historically, the biggest profits and margins are to be made when whatever you are doing means that you are in a position to exploit.

Morality and ethics are at a rare premium in business these days. It is the same people who are accumulating this wealth who already possess the deep pockets that our politicians suck up to and treat as if they are sacred cows.

There is as such a dangerous inevitability about the level of damage that is going to be done, before that moment of reason land collectively, and everyone starts working together voluntarily to address the issues and work better – because they have come to the decision as an informed and unselfish choice.

The saving grace to all this – strange as it may sound, may turn out to be the Covid Pandemic itself and the decisions that poor politicians have made in response.

Covid has literally seen governments around the world take decision after decision that has exponentially speeded up every problem that poor leadership has created over decades.

It means that a point is approaching where going greener will simply become the way that we all start to do things, rather than us having to wait on people who are so far choosing not to make the green choice.

Globalisation is over and done with in the way that we have known it before. The media are making very little of what is happening with shipping, supply chains and the provision of goods from around the world. But goods are not going to be available as they were before, and as the coming financial crisis beds in for the long haul, the realities of genuine localism, food and the supply of essential daily items from within a very local area, if not the immediate community itself, is going to become prevalent once again.

However, to make the very best of the opportunities that will come from a very serious crisis, it is vital that we have the right people influencing and making all of the key decisions that will need to be made.

Whatever happens next, it is essential that the decisions being made are not aimed purely at an electoral echo chamber as they have been now for decades.

Every decision being taken from now onwards will have very serious consequences for us all.

#anewpartyforall

‘Fake it ’til you make it’ is no way to lead a Country and we are now on the brink of seeing our financial and economic system implode

August 9, 2021 Leave a comment

Politics has for a long time relied on the occurrence of unforeseen events to let blagging politicians get themselves off the hook for problems they created that would otherwise be exposed and visible for the whole world to see.

When Covid arrived on the political scene, the scramble to cover up and utilise the dubious promise of an umbrella to hide all previous sins appears to have been too good and opportunity for our political classes to miss. In fact, so much so, the chronology of events makes me wonder if Boris rubbed his hands together at the first emergency Cabinet Meeting and declared ‘ladies and gentlemen; go ahead, go and do your absolute worst’.

Ok. So, the reality might not have been quite like that. Let’s give them the benefit of the doubt here and say the response might not have been conscious or openly calculated at all.

The reason I say this, is because of how important it is to understand just how politics works in the minds of those who supposedly lead us. Especially when there is an entire Parliament full of MPs who should never have been elected and are incapable of really leading anyone. So, at the first sign of a crisis, they are inclined to reach out for any dead horse and flog it in the hope that it will work.

No, I realise that some of you reading this blog are convinced that there is a much more sinister plan at work that underpins everything during the Covid Pandemic that the Johnson Government has done. But we really do have a Government constructed of politicians who are so stupid, unread and inexperienced, that they will willingly embrace any philosophy or set of ideas that any overconfident SPAD or advisor confidently convinces them will work – that is, if they hadn’t found the same textbook first.

Oddly enough, the point I’m going to focus on here is not about the misuse of statistics and behavioural science to manipulate and coerce people to doing whatever or politicians so ruthlessly want. Enough has and will be said about that elsewhere.

No, the area of policy that I want to think about more clearly, is the financial remedies that our Chancellor Rishi Sunak invented. The printing of non-existent money to back the whole lockdown policy up. And the disastrous time bomb waiting to go off that has been building in size for decades but was turbocharged the moment that the Chancellor and the Johnson Government began its massive cash giveaway.

Contrary to the thoughts of many, the events of the past 18 months really are not isolated, other than there being the all-covering veil of a Viral Pandemic underway. The focus that Covid has been given created a cloud of fear and misdirection that has allowed an inept and irresponsible Government to hide or avoid many other troubling public policy issues as if they have simply been removed from the frame.

But money, the way it is created, legislated, revered and actually worshipped – like it is a god, isn’t just a problem making the rich even richer, whilst making life increasingly hard for the middle classes and poor. It is also the elixir of extended political life and longevity of power for gutless politicians with little or no wherewithal who believe there are no problems that cannot be solved if you just produce the public cheque book and don’t give a shit about the real cost.

In the decades up to the beginning of the Covid Pandemic, the recycling of this particular idea and the philosophy that underpins government economic thinking has been quite incredible. Based on flawed neoliberal thinking and the post 1971 FIAT money regime – where FIAT literally means ‘let it be done’, the bizarre approach to money and governance that ‘it will be this way because we say so’ has grown and grown in popularity with the political classes and has appeared to work effectively for 50 years. Incredibly, it even failing to be derailed when private banks that had been let loose from legislation as part of the same ‘free market’ thinking were bailed out with public money following the 2008 Financial Crisis – simply because politicians are so invested in the idea that the system cannot fail and therefore must be ‘helped’ to work.

To anyone who takes these things completely at face value – as the political classes have done – and says to themselves ‘it worked for 50 years, so it cannot possibly go wrong’, there clearly was no limit to what solutions could be conjured up in a crisis and sold publicly as beneficial to all. Whereas what politicians have really been doing with all this invented money – and particularly since the Pandemic began – is place massive bets on everything coming right if enough money is thrown at the problem for long enough. They literally believe that what they are saying, rather than what they are doing, will ultimately prove to be the truth, by faking it until they make it be so.

The money that the Government has been using to prop up non-existent jobs through a continually extended furlough scheme; the money it has used to underwritten crippling loans to businesses that will never be able to afford them, and the money it is now fire hosing at every public policy it thinks will get it out of trouble and win votes is all created – just like successive governments have been doing for decades before.

The money they are using simply doesn’t exist. Yet the politicians are so drunk from drinking at this poisoned well, all they can think of doing is printing even more.

Yes, there really is a philosophy behind all of this that the economists and academics that our politicians listen to insist really works.

You may even be thinking that if this is all true, what is the problem if it works?

The problem is that it doesn’t. It is imagination, dreamworlds and a visit to fantasy land writ large.

Whilst it is certainly true to say that neoliberalism has worked out well over 50 years for the few, it really hasn’t been working out very well for the majority of people. And if the economy were to be viewed as an engine – as it very often is, then just like keeping your foot down on a red-lining engine might see it keep going for longer than expected, the question is always when, not if the engine will blow, and when it does, it will be the whole vehicle that breaks.

Rishi Sunak, Boris Johnson, this Government and the whole Parliament that has enabled them, have literally gone too far with a very dangerous approach to money and economics. One that may have been good whilst it lasted but is about to blow up and create a financial disaster of such epic proportions that not even the WEF are going to know how to pick up and rebuild the pieces so that they can press ‘restart’.

The public debt that is a real legacy of the Johnson era is simply too big for all of us to be expected to pay off this time. No amount of clever accounting and rebranding in terms of future GDP or other ways of calculating national economic output will make this ridiculous level of debt go away.

And Boris & Co. haven’t even done this on their own. Governments right the way around the world have been doing exactly the same things for all this time and have also gone into overdrive to finance an overkill response to a flu-like virus that was never necessary, could and should have been handled very differently and has now made it inevitable that we cannot go on as we have been.

We must rethink everything. And for us to get there, we are about to experience an incredible period of financially derived pain.

If you take the time and watch all the media available to you closely, the signs of what is coming are already beginning to unfold. But they are being covered by the mainstream media only in isolation – that is if they are even being covered by them at all.

The USA economy and the US Dollar’s collapse as the World’s Reserve Currency are looking increasingly likely to be the point where this dreamt up system can no longer function and the whole economic system explodes.

But that’s not to say that it couldn’t all kick off in the UK first. And stories like energy price hikes this autumn that they are that massive financial upheaval for us all is queued up and is about to start.

The biggest problem that we face today, isn’t finding a way to take a foot off the gas and calm the engine. Johnson and all of his chums have already driven the vehicle to the point of destruction and the momentum their policies have created will take this all over the point which was too far.

The problem we have is that when the engine blows, the wheels fall off and everything crashes – as we can now be almost certain that it will, we will still have the same politicians or politicians who will behave just like them left in charge.

The emperor has no clothes. You’ve seen what Boris and this whole sorry excuse for a Parliament did with their response to Covid. Just wait until the real trouble starts.

Politics & Wokeism now run on the same pretence: Not how things really are, but how things should be

August 9, 2021 Leave a comment

The term Woke feels new and as confusing as it is overpowering. It is presented by those with an agenda to push it as being the unescapable zeitgeist.

It is not. But that isn’t to say it doesn’t feel that way. Especially as there is so much going on across society and politics in particular, which is aligned with arguably the same thinking, ending up with impacts and consequences for us all in a surprising number of very similar ways.

If you took the time to ask everyone how they would like their lives to be and how they would like to experience the world, you would get as many answers back as the number of people that you ask.

In the majority of cases however, what they would have in common would be that they are based on idealism, rather than using life experience as the basis of making an informed choice.

This is how society increasingly thinks about everything today. If you were able to jump into a time machine and talk to people of the same ages and from the same kinds of backgrounds in the years that followed the end of the Second World War, answers would reflect a very different kind of choice. It would be informed from the experience that life can really be dark and terrifyingly hard. Many would have been very practical in their reflections, and the common message would simply be ‘it is great to be alive’.

Hardship is a reliable teacher for those who think they have nothing to learn. And as we approach nearly 8 decades passed since the end of that horrific war, it is a regrettable reality that many from within our younger generations are now obsessed not with what they have, but with how they believe their lives should be – without any respect for the rather large gap that sits between.

To be fair, idealism is a very powerful and passionate motivator, and the real reason why so many of the younger generations are left leaning or more socialist in their outlook. People become more right-wing or conservative in their ideas as they gain more experienced of the real world and adult life.

Today, things have gone much further than that. Many simply do not reflect upon what they have already got, overlooking a vital part of the process that helps us to become self-aware, instead focusing ever outwards for the answers to the questions about life that they have, whilst failing to understand how other people think, because they don’t even look at themselves.

People literally don’t live in the present, but have their thoughts focused in a semi-permanent state of anticipation about where things could be or should be, then falling into the trap of thinking that the desired state or experience is something that can simply be ‘imposed’ either by telling, or coercing people to live or behave this certain way, using rules or peer pressure to see the desired result imposed.

As time has passed since the 1940’s, the mindset that is the approach of dealing with life how it is with practical appreciation and understanding of how it works has been left behind and replaced with the approach of everything can be as it should be, simply because we say that it is – and what happened before doesn’t matter, because this is how its going to be right now.

The switch between the two was for a long time very subtle. It quickly began to affect decision making right at the top, but it wasn’t until the practical realities of decades of public policy being based on impractical idealism rather than practical reality was going to bite back, especially as we reach a point where those pushing this thinking hardest are literally punishing people with a different outlook for simply being who they are.

Even today, some 5 years since the European Referendum where ‘Brexit’ was ‘won’, even the political class itself cannot recognise that the whole European Union ‘project’ was based on a collective of ideas aimed at creating the ideal model of a European Superstate, with systems, procedures and governance not built upon the foundations of how life is for the communities, cultures and whole different Countries that the Bloc is made up of, but literally wiping that all away under the premise of how life should be with the only concession being a slow process of deliberate mission creep that hides the practical reality that imposing impractical reality was the strategy all along.

Brexit was won by the votes of people who have a clear understanding and experience of how life really is, as opposed to the alternative, which was always about endorsing a process which was always going to have serious consequences for the unnamed and unrecognised majority, because you cannot run an entire continent on the basis of how things should be.

At a time when the Government response to the Covid Pandemic is speeding up the arrival of a perfect storm of problems that have been in the making for decades, we are being forced into a culture war between what is and what should be, with seemingly no room left in-between.

Somewhat ironically, it is because we have had so many decades of everything being so good, that the impractical idealists championing woke thinking are able to behave as dangerously as they are doing so. The problem is that without respect for the practical realities of life and how the world really works, we are being set up for a massive fall, just as soon as the bubble bursts, and young people and those who are not appreciative of a more practical way of thinking are going to find the impact of the drop and the changes that it will require particularly hard.

There is nothing wrong with wanting life to be good, fair and the same for all. But the idea that this can be achieved by erasing history and anything distasteful, then making every part of life exactly the same for everyone is a recipe for disaster being cooked up and sent into a hurricane on a ship of fools.

We cannot escape the reality that we are living and experiencing – no matter how hard we might pretend otherwise. Changing it all for the better can only be achieved by looking at it, interpreting it and approaching it all differently. We will not do this by looking outwards and by hiding behind what should be. We have to look at ourselves, our history and the lives that we all live and move forward accordingly. It is we that must be the change.

The NHS is broken because every Government (and the EU) have added their own fix. If we don’t have leaders big enough to tackle all that needs to be done very soon, it will no longer exist

August 2, 2021 Leave a comment

Perhaps the greatest travesty of modern politics is the overwhelming desire that our political class have to keep interfering with the management of services which are paid for out of the public purse.

It is easy to fall into the trap of thinking that’s exactly what we elect politicians to do. But we don’t elect them to do that. It’s just what they want us to think.

Overall strategy of public services and how they are paid for is the domain of politicians. Operational management and day-to-day decision making are the preserve of those best suited to address the need or the problem. Operational management is not and should never have become a political choice.

The NHS is in serious trouble today. Not just because of the Covid Pandemic – which has had a big role to play. But because the whole organisation and framework has been a political football for much of the time that it has existed – simply because cynical, self-serving politicians have identified that it is easy for them to use the NHS to big themselves up and ‘win’ votes that way.

On the left, the Labour Party keeps shouting about privatisation. Yet the kind of privatisation that exists has come as a systemic response to the burden of employment rights and unaffordable working conditions that they and their love of EU rules so idealistically but impractically imposed.

On the right, a penchant for throwing money at all problems because there is neither the motivation or principle at work to tackle uncomfortable challenges head on (in case they result in a loss of votes) has meant that the Tories have just poured petrol onto a fire of increasing problems, making the greed and profiteering that drive staffing agencies and contractors legitimate. The most obvious result being that NHS staff don’t get paid as they should, whilst their contemporary temporaries cost more than the organisation or the public purse can normally afford.

It doesn’t stop there. The NHS, like all public sector organisations has become highly protectionist in nature, leaving staff to devalue the use of common sense and stick to the most basic requirements of their job descriptions in a way that would resemble the most effective type of superglue.

Passing the buck to someone whose specific job it is to do anything outside this Public Sector framework is commonplace. And when that doesn’t work, a new job is created, taking even more money away from the frontline and meaning that jobs that were once done by frontline staff or by their immediate managers may have now evolved into multiples of backroom staff or contractors in addition to that one original post.

To be fair to the left, there is no argument that can easily be made to justify the presence of private interests in the provision of public services that are paid for by the public purse. However, the stranglehold that the rights lobby, public sector pensions (and the damage that Gordon Brown did in 1997) and devices such as the EU Working Time Directive have made, make it feel much easier for those obsessed with avoiding difficult management decisions to avoid employing staff directly in a convoluted process that ends up looking like privatisation by choice.

The rich irony is that the NHS is on a precipice, but could be saved from going over, if we had leadership from government and politicians not obsessed with easy options and avoiding all risk to themselves and their position.

We need a Government that is ready to take on the many different agendas that are not patient centric right across the NHS, and replace self-centred thinking with prioritising what’s best for the patient and in the best interests of the public at large.

Otherwise, we could very quickly find ourselves in a place where healthcare provision either becomes tiered in its availability or becomes only accessible at a variety of levels based on ability to pay.

Once this happens, the NHS will be a service that will neither be universal nor public, because it is not something that we can all afford.

Categories: Uncategorized

A Vote is not a 4- or 5-year endorsement for a Political Party to do as it chooses. It is a gift of trust in a candidate and their party with an expectation that they will always do the right thing

August 2, 2021 Leave a comment

At a time when the issues that we face seem so pressing, and we are feeling so desperate for change and release from all of the blunt ended policies that the Johnson Government is inflicting upon us, the last thing that anyone wants to do is step away and start thinking and working proactively for what comes next. Especially not when it comes to a General Election, which could still be over 3 years away.

We are looking at everything the Government does in the moment, without considering the chain of events that led here, and certainly not with any great thought for the steps, processes and events that will come along in a random order that will look ordered but will be very random in terms their impact and effect.

Regrettably, because the way that our Electoral System works, it means that we elect a government to lead us and take care of our collective needs for a period of four or five years. But that decision is based only on a snapshot of policy promises made to us for perhaps 2 months leading up to a 15-hour opportunity to go and vote on that one day.

Using electoral promises and nothing else to determine which way we vote, is a decision-making process that is almost entirely flawed. Because no matter what any of the mainstream Political Parties promise us, they may not have enough seats in Parliament, once the votes are all counted, to deliver on any of those promises they have made to us anyway.

There is another, far more troubling flaw that we really should be giving more thought to. By voting for specific policies – no matter what they are or how good they might be for us personally, we are being short changed.

Rather than thinking about what we are being offered in terms of leadership, values and the way that our MPs and their party behave and think – In times of a national crisis, like now, we end up with leaders who are not suited to making big decisions or of being reliable enough to continually keep doing the right thing and what’s in the best interests of everyone rather than themselves.

If politics and the British Political System worked as it should, this type of thing really shouldn’t be a problem. Because real leaders and public representatives would be able to adapt to circumstances and would be prepared to do their very best for us in every way.

Unfortunately, the way that the British political System works today means that the three main Political Parties effectively control which person gains entry to Parliament and which person gets elected in each and every Constituency Seat. This means that the Conservatives, Labour and the Liberal Democrats determine who sits in Parliament and runs the Country by their rules, not ours.

As the Political Parties are themselves flawed and all about what works best for them, the whims of their current leaders and what will gain and then keep them in power, rather than anything else, there is simply no way for us to get the kind of leaders that we now need in Parliament and running our Country. The next vote is already completely sewn up!

Counterintuitive as it may be, now is the time to be working on the alternative to the problem, so that when the next Parliamentary Constituency vote comes, there will be a credible alternative in place that people will want to vote for.

The importance of creating, developing and building an alternative political movement, constituted and led to work for all, cannot be understated in any way.

There are great problems coming and the Covid Pandemic was just a steppingstone along the way.

When those problems come – like a financial crisis of a kind that may never have previously before been seen, we will need leaders in place who can lead and deliver without a manifesto commitment to guide them, simply because they possess the qualities, life experience, values and love for all others that anyone facing the challenges of doing what’s right for 68 million People in a National crisis will feel normal and not something that can be influenced by the loudest or most threatening voice.

#anewpartyforall

If you are worried about WEF taking control, why passively help them when you could be working to stop them and remove any Government stooges they might have?

We are living through and experiencing highly emotive times. Many of us are looking for explanations and even causes to blame for all the things that we are having to deal with.

In these circumstances it becomes a little more easy than it should to give credibility to the most obvious explanations, when we might help ourselvesand what we may see as our cause, by stepping back and having a look at the explanations that we may have overlooked. It’s worth doing, because conditioning or what we have learned to consider normal has given us a default understanding of certain things, leaving us with no discernible choice.

The way that the Covid Pandemic, or rather the Government handling of it has all rolled out, has been pernicious from the beginning. The effects of the decisions they have taken have been increasingly harder to deal with as it has become clear to many of us that policy is being enacted not through necessity, but because of what appears to be a political choice.

We grow up with what feels like a pre-programmed respect and deference for People in positions of responsibility, whether they are a GP, Dentist, Community Leader, Councillor or an MP. So when it comes to the Government and living through a time of national crisis that we today know as the Covid Pandemic, it is very easy to believe and even feel confident that there is genuine and thought out purpose to everything that those leading the Country do.

As the months have passed, what were coincidental mutterings about a ‘Great Reset’ coming from the World Economic Forum (WEF) at the start, picked up considerable credibility as an explanation for what was happening. Especially when the Johnson Government’s ardent misuse of Behavioural Science to control and manipulate everyone became very clear. And then the goalposts that Boris and his Ministers insisted were set in stone over vaccinations and data monitoring began to more at just about every turn.

I refer to this unhelpful intervention by the proponents of an exclusive club for people who think they are better and know better than anyone as a coincidence, because that really is all it need ever be.

Like most political conjecture wrapped up and sold as a policy proposal or plan, there is nothing so certain as the uncertainty of a successful outcome, and you can be sure that politicians and people with a public platform who know what they are doing will get in the way, if there is a way that they can.

Right now, because of their behaviour and commitment to very questionable ideas like Vaccine Passports and how it could lead to extensive personal data monitoring, it is very easy to believe that Boris and the ambitious zealots surrounding him are and have always been committed to a much bigger idea or ‘thing’. A thing that could easily be a ‘new world order’ along the impractically idealistic lines that the WEF suggest.

For the sake of argument at this point of my blog, let’s say that there really is a grand conspiracy and that the WEF leadership either created and spread Covid or used the opportunity it presents to take over the World. Doing so under the veil of protecting us and therefore making the whole thing resemble the creation of tyranny – all ushered in voluntarily, with our collective consent and therefore by choice – by the back door.

To do this, they would have to rely on us all being completely asleep and doing nothing to stop them. We would literally have to proactively fail to take any opportunity that we have to change the direction of the UK, so that we don’t arrive where they want us to be without even realising we had acquiesced and effectively made the passive choice to be where they wanted us to be.

If all of this is real – as I know many people genuinely believe it to be, it is very important to understand that attacks on those we blame on social media, public demonstrations and belittling anyone that we perceive to be against us is not helping our cause in any way. But it is playing right into their hands.

For better or for worse, we do have the benefit of a political system in place. For as long as that political system is still functioning, we have to let go of the arguments over who or what is right and making others wrong. We must remember that there are rules – or even a game to be played – that has to take place within an ecosystem that has rules that may seem archaic – but are nonetheless there. And that despite the heavy-handed and controlling way that the Government has been and still is behaving towards us, we do have a very meaningful choice.

The choice that we have – and it’s a good one – is to step up and do something constructive and proactive, rather than shouting and screaming in fear of what we think is coming, all because the government has pulled out a metaphorical gun.

No. I understand that talking to others online on social media, sharing our collective pain and then getting on a bus to march the Streets of London make us feel like we are doing something. But as soon as each of these acts of ‘defiance’ is over, we look up, we look back, we see that everything remains exactly the same. It’s just a different day.

This is how it will be again and again – not because we do not mean it. But because we are collectively failing to engage effectively and meaningfully with all the things that we must. That is of course, if we want to head off the looming disaster and ongoing enslavement that we are scared of and can accept that to change what others do, it is first necessary that we ourselves make a change.

Whether Boris the buffoon is just a puppet for a very sinister master, or the very stupid, ambitious and self-serving incompetent as I most respectfully believe him to be, making the choice that I am suggesting here will deal with either the WEF plan or remove this rancid political culture – irrespective of which future we are confident it is most likely to be.

The choice that we must make to take back control of our lives and put government and public services into the hands of people who actually care, is to look at all this in a different way, to think and believe that we are the political alternative to all of this. We must prepare to fight the next General Election together as that political alternative, and we must do everything necessary to build a grassroots-up rather than top-looking-down political movement that works for and embraces everyone, never questioning our ability to turn out when that Election is called and win.

If your car breaks, you take it to a mechanic. It’s vital to apply this practicality to winning a political fight too.

Having numerous well-meaning journalists, celebrities and other public figures heading up different movements that are developing in deceptively big echo chambers online may be resulting in lots of followers and a feeling that something is happening. But the egos, different personal agendas and failure to engage and work with others – ‘because they know better than anyone else’ is a guarantee that whatever they do independently will suffer from a failure to launch. It will mean that WEF and Boris (or others) as the perpetual world kings will remain our only choice.

Together, we must coalesce around a new movement. One that really does turn the concept that is todays British Political System on its head.

We need to build an organisation that generates its hope, purpose, momentum and strategies from the centre of each and every community, not just from an office in Westminster where real people have no influence, no power and therefor no choice.

This can all be done much more easily than you might think. It just takes the commitment that you might already be showing to bring truth and light to all of this darkness the Government is creating. You can use and contribute your energy and channel it into talking up, taking part and supporting this new movement for change in every way you possibly can. A serious and inclusive political movement that is something new, something good and something that has you, the people you care about and the communities you love, right at its heart.

PLEASE look beyond your anger with the Johnson Government. It is justified and it is very real. But it can be put to a much better use. A use that will help us all to deal with the fallout that the Johnson Government and many Governments before this one have caused. But above all, it will give us back the power of choice.

A New Party For All. Are you ready to make that call and start right here?

Best wishes to all.

#anewpartyforall

We cannot afford to elect or re-elect any MP not capable of representing the Public and our Country at the highest level, or of making the right decisions on our behalf – no matter the circumstances

The Covid Pandemic has shown us all how inept, how incapable and how self-serving all of our MPs really are.

We have leaders who cannot lead. We have dissenting voices from within the ranks of the governing Political Party that pick and choose when to dissent, based on what the risk will be to them. We have an Opposition that instead of opposing a Government hellbent on destroying the fabric of society without comprehending what it is doing, instead pushes and promotes even more totalitarian forms of Government policy at every available turn. We have 650 elected representatives who do not have the experience, motivation or wherewithal to understand and empathise with the lives of the people they were elected to represent.

Yet it wasn’t just the Covid Pandemic that made things this way. We only need turn our minds back to the Prime Ministerial tenure of Boris Johnson’s predecessor Theresa May and the Brexit ‘stalemate’ running up to the Summer of 2019. A Parliamentary blockage engineered by a majority of our so-called public representatives who refused to represent the will of the people. All because they concluded that they knew better than the same people who had voted to put them in their roles.

The list goes on. And as the rather strange creatures of habit that we humans really are, we are continuously overlooking, making allowances for and wilfully supporting the otherwise questionable actions and decisions of politicians from the political parties – or rather the tribes that we support, simply because we have a massive blind spot that lets us think our own team is always the one to vote for, and can basically do no wrong.

Brexit and now Covid have changed the dynamics of what had previously been a near 100-year status quo in British Politics. Power had switched back and forth between the Conservatives and Labour, whilst we seem to have just accepted it to be ‘normal’ that these were the only two choices available – with a side order of Lib Dems and their various other incarnations thrown in for good measure too.

In what has become a three-way Parliamentary Political Party monopoly, entrenched tribalism on the part of voters and the freedom it has given to the three Political Parties has left us with a situation where access to the ‘job’ or ‘career’ of being an MP rests solely at the whim of those who select their Parliamentary Candidates. Yet for anyone else, bar some extreme exceptions – getting elected to represent others at Westminster is like knocking at an imposing and tightly locked door.

If those selectors and the party machinery behind them were elevating people to candidate lists and local ballot papers who were good public representatives, rather than being names and faces that looked like they would be good for their party, the existence of only three ‘mainstream’ parties might not be be limiting the prospect of good government to the point where we don’t actually have it as a choice.

As it is, the party machines select and promote people who are unfit to lead, govern, legislate and represent us, simply because those making these highly consequential selections look at themselves in a mirror and tell themselves, ‘These guys are going to fit right in’.

There may have been a point where the processes and influences that have led to this could have been reprogrammed to take the whole parliamentary candidate selection process a very different, more meaningful and more appropriate way.

But the self-serving and ambitious philosophy that is now ingrained and focuses solely on obtaining and maintain power at all costs within these Political Parties mean that MPs have become little more than hollow bodies expected to do no more than turn up and vote. Meanwhile, absolutely nobody outside the Party System and the chumocracy that surrounds it will ever experience anything meaningful being done to help them or make life better for the communities around them – as they rightly should.

I have to break the bad news to you on this: If you believe you have benefitted from a Policy from the Party you vote for in some way, that’s just been very good luck for you. For the MPs concerned, it was always the votes that could be won that underpinned their choice.

Public representation is not a job. It is not a career. If anything, it is a calling or even a vocation.

The role of Member of Parliament should never have become encouraged as an aspirational choice for young people of school or university age. People who have not and see no reason to try and experience life beyond the shielded bubbles they grow up in where limited knowledge and understanding of the wider world could never equip them with a truly representative voice.

With cracks now appearing in the Johnson administration, a Tory regicide and another leadership election is unlikely to give the majority of us a meaningful choice of who becomes our next PM.

But neither will a General Election. That is, if the next one is called before there is a credible alternative to all of the above on each and every ballot paper. A genuine political choice that has connected and engaged people of all political tribes and affiliations and inspired them to back a very different kind of winning horse.

The biggest problem that a new movement or political alternative to all of the above faces, is that there is little time and no party machine to screen those who you can be sure will step forward, thinking that politics looks easy and that if they were in that job, everyone else would hear the message they have in a very different way.

That doesn’t mean that it cannot be done. But for every group that exists and is thinking it is going to step up and takeover – just because they are convinced that everyone will soon wake up and see all of this chaos in exactly the same way, I’m afraid that using what you see as the guidebook for political behaviour and campaigning will only ever be a backward choice.

There is a very different, positive and proactive way that we can do politics in this Country. One that turns this broken political system on its head and works tirelessly from the grassroots up. One that engages everyone because it thinks about life for everyone, is inclusive of everyone without any kind of prejudice, but above all creates policy and makes decisions based not what is best for the representatives, but what is best and will make life better for all those that they represent.

The concern for us all should be that whilst everyone set against the Government are falling over themselves to be heard and to be acknowledged as being ‘right’, nobody is doing the work necessary to start A New Party For All and put together the strategy, THE PEOPLE and the focus on engagement with a very large community that means at the next election, there will be a proper alternative to this ridiculous closed system and that tightly bolted door.

Keir Starmer: Another Gutless Shitwizard who believes Opposition is just a waiting room for power

Right now, I, like many others, would love for there to be a fully functioning Opposition to this Government. A spectre haunting every movement they make and taking apart everything the Johnson Government has done.

It wouldn’t matter what the Opposition politics or background were. Just to have someone, some people, some politicians who are in precisely the right place, at the right time to ask the right questions and hinder the Government over everything that they have done. It would mean that we had an Opposition that were being everything that the British People need Her Majesties Opposition – and specifically, their Leader to be.

But there is no opposition. It simply isn’t there. The Official Leader of the Opposition is little more than an empty chair.

At the time when someone with a legal mind and professional background as a barrister should be using the very specific set of career skills and the experience that we do know Keir Starmer has, he should be eviscerating each and every one of the Government’s Covid Policies. Yet instead of a voice of reason and an inspirational passion for all of the people that we are repeatedly told the Labour Party stand for, a meaningful form of Opposition leadership is simply nowhere to be seen.

What we have instead is an Opposition that is making up the numbers. Under Starmer, Labour is providing an insurance plan that underwrites the Johnson Government’s wayward Covid Policies – all of them being whimsically led by what will surely prove to be one of the most defective Prime Ministerial terms the UK has ever had.

After the chaos and quantum leap backwards, engineered by Jeremy Corbyn’s tenure, it has been easy for commentators to suggest that Labour is in the middle of an existential crisis.

There was a belief that Keir Starmer was the safest pair of hands that the Party had. But that doesn’t account for the disturbing reality that the whole of the British Political System is itself going through an existential Crisis. One so bad that it should not be difficult for any political leader who can connect with people and understand them to pull their own Party – and potentially the whole British Political System through to daylight the other side.

Keir Starmer’s trademark policy has instead to prop up a dangerous buffoon. And as I anticipated in the blog I published in May 2020 Keir Starmer has proven not to be the man for all seasons that we now so desperately need.

In fact, his tenure is far worse than I could have imagined 14 months ago. Starmer has instead driven Boris to do his absolute worst with Covid Policies that our Parliament and all the 650 MPs within it should never ever have approved.

The latest let down in Starmers idea of public representation is Starmers open support for Vaccine Passports; a form of divisive draconian social policing that there is simply no logic or legitimacy to any argument of support.

In terms of the so-called ‘progressive’ causes that the Labour left have championed for so long, this move to support a Policy that is set to legitimise prejudice and division between people who once relied on for help, tells us that what is left of the Labour Party is now playing a very different kind of tune.

It is a long time since anyone at the top level of British Politics was there for anyone or anything other than their own self-interested cause. Sadly, we all have a habit of looking upon those who seek election to the office of MP and unwittingly buy into the conditioned lie that all MPs are super human, super gifted and super ethical – as they would all like us to believe them to be.

We have now had a series of Governments, with different Political Parties governing and with different Leaders leading us as our PM, who have basically bluffed their way along, doing very little of value to us in terms of making life better for any of us in the ways that they should be committed to doing for everyone. The vacuous, empty-vessel nature of all their leaders had only failed to be found out because there have been no national or world events that required any of them – until Brexit – and then Covid – to bring demonstrable leadership skills to the fore.

Theresa May, and then Boris Johnson both failed the tests of leadership that fate has thrown at them.

May was removed by an act of Tory Regicide, with only the framework of her Brexit Withdrawal Agreement handed on in the form of a minefield as her legacy to Boris. Boris then treated the entente cordiale with the EU as something to be unsparingly driven over with a reinforced challenger tank, doing infinitely more damage than real leadership would.

Boris’ real legacy and the damage it is still doing to our Country and to us all is something that can and will only be reconciled once every event linked to his and his Government’s decisions have taken place, and we have all had the benefit of time to look back.

The decades old assumption that political power keeps going around in circles, being passed between the two main parties over periods of time did of course lead ambitious MPs like Keir Starmer and Ed Miliband before him to believe that all they needed to really do as leader of the Opposition, was play the game. Their opportunity to be called to Buckingham Palace would simply then arrive in good time.

All the leaders and would be leaders and the great many unhealthily ambitious MPs who believe that the role of PM will just find its way to them if they work slavishly and unquestionably for their party machines, really do believe that being a backbench MP, junior minister, shadow minister or Leader of the Opposition is just some kind of elementary waiting room. A place where they just sit quietly, say nothing that will hurt their progress and bide their time on the way to power. The problem then comes when they get the star role they coveted and are then required by unforeseen events to lead with responsibility for lives of millions of others that they did not.

It is simply ridiculous and disingenuous at best for any MP not to lead from the roles that they have got at a time when the whole Country has been put to a massively challenging test – caused more by the way that it has been handled, rather than the Covid Virus itself.

Keir Starmer not only could but should have been putting the minds of millions of people at rest by showing us that we could expect a very different type of leadership from a Labour-led Government, if and when the Johnson Government collapses, and that they are heirs apparent to step in and fill the void.

Instead, all that we have seen is given what might be a make-or-break opportunity for the whole Country, Starmer plans not only to do the same as Boris Johnson and the Conservatives have done before him; both he, the Labour Party and whoever falls in behind them to save their necks (again) will do exactly the same. But under his leadership, they will do it with aplomb.

Like all the other MPs who are sitting and have missed every opportunity to face danger or any threat to their seats or positions since the Covid Pandemic was born, Starmer is just another gutless shitwizard sitting tight in the waiting room, thinking he doesn’t need to do or say anything meaningful, until his time to be in power comes along.

The Tories have an unyielding taste for control that is now moving to the creation of a Government backed Crypto Currency. We must hope that their Covid Legacy doesn’t allow them time to deliver it

We have a lot to be worried about right now. Yes, the immediate issues over Government handling of the Covid Pandemic have taken precedence in the minds of a great many. Whether it’s fear driven support for Government Policy or facing the Government down because you see all that they are doing is wrong, these diametrically opposed views seem to have taken over life.

Either of these views of the Covid Show featuring Boris Johnson and the Parliament that enabled him offers an emotive, but equally myopic picture of what the issues are.

The endless focus on being right and arguing about the justification for the continuation of lockdown and social distancing measures or trying to convince others of the real reasons for the Government doing all of this, are leaving the majority of us completely blind to the very significant issues that are going on. Issues that are likely to be worse for all of us in the not-too-distant future but haven’t as yet come into full view.

This rather bizarre situation where the problems we should all really be worried about are out of sight, so out of mind, isn’t new. In fact, as far as the hidden impact of the Government Covid Policies are concerned, this has been the big part of the unspoken story all along.

Whatever anyone thinks or whatever anyone tells you, the Covid Pandemic wasn’t created and put into use as a clever tool to help usher in a new world regime and all that happens next. Or at least not where Western Governments are concerned. The leaders of these former ‘democracies’ are after all only just 17months into the newfound delights of absolute power – the elixir of life for wannabe world kings who get to the top at a time of national crisis and find themselves in complete and unyielding control.

There is no reason to believe that as the Covid Pandemic kicked off, there was any desire on the part of our hapless politicians to grab power and control over the population and then use it in the ongoing menacing way that events have shown us they have.

But once they had tasted real power and realised that the British Public were prepared to do the right thing and actually celebrate it – going out into the street and clapping every week to salute them, they quickly understood just how easy it can be to use power in whatever ways they wanted to, and promptly decided they should use it to retain that power. The natural progression with such corrupted thinking being that they now see a green light to use it to gain control that they don’t even need, in any one of a number of different ways.

Many people, running pubs, small businesses and small organisations along with the people who work for them, began to feel the negative consequences of what happens when you have people who don’t think about or understand the lives of others in charge of a Country like ours very early on.

Whilst business owners started to have nervous breakdowns or kill themselves and countless other people suddenly found themselves in a living hell, hidden from view as it was all unfolding behind closed doors – the people with the problems caused by the Lockdowns that were easy for the politicians to see, quickly had money by the sack full printed and thrown at them. In the circumstances it was no surprise that they all felt as happy as they could be.

The colossal amount of money that Rishi Sunak and the Johnson Government have created – literally out of thin air – has blown the lid off and given the lie to the way that the whole financial belief system works today. It is only working now because of a shared belief in it between those that lead us and those who control it.

However, the impact and consequences of the pain they have inflicted upon others over decades because of little more than greed, is now catching up with them. Rishi Sunaks wild Covid spending spree is on the verge of pushing the UK over the financial cliff. It is literally not a question of if, but when.

We could get into the detail, but it is probably best summarised as this:

Money is not a thing. Money is not anything. But the financial system that underpins the UK (and World) economies treats it like it is.

The whole financial and monetary system is a con. But the con has depended for nearly 50 years on the majority of the population perceiving money to be real and not the unit of exchange that it actually is.

The Financial Crisis of 2008 raised questions and made people uncomfortable when they could see how Governments fell over themselves to bail out private banks with money nobody knew that they had.

The Covid Pandemic has seen those same Governments print so much money and increase national debts to such extreme levels that the smoke, mirrors and esoteric knowledge we are told only economists and those who run the markets have, is about to have time called on it.

People are waking up to the great swindle that money and everything financial now is.

You can be certain that the Chancellor and those working closely with him will know and understand exactly how close to the edge things really now are for both the UK and the World economy too.

But instead of taking the chance to start doing things the right way – as even now it would be possible for these politicians to do, the Treasury and the Government are looking for ways to solve the crisis that they and their kind have created – primarily to save their own necks. And yes, their tool of choice will once again be control.

The creation of a centralised digital currency run by the Government offers this political culture – drunk on its own power – an opportunity to protect itself and a way to ride out the coming financial crisis by using blockchain technology to quite literally track every atom of money that exists, along with the transactions and those who possess it too. They will be able to delete, freeze and take money from everyone as they see fit and if we still believe that money is real after it has become fully digitised, we will literally have become slaves under their control.

If you need to see evidence of how this is going to work, you only need look to China where the Government backed Crypto Currency ‘The Digital Yuan’ has been developing long enough that they are now banning Bitcoin and making it the only crypto that it is legal to use.

It would be tragically ironic if the obsession that Government and Business has with China (China = Money) made them blind to reality that the Chinese Government might be playing us in a game of cat and mouse, over the longer term, running on a pathway to world domination all along.

The question most pertinent to our fate and whether we can stop what began as an accidental tyranny, is whether the economy crashes before this Government has time to fully implement a British digitalised currency as part of what will then become a Chinese-style social credit system, before the economy crashes and they no longer have that choice.

It feels like I now write and tweet endlessly about the realities of this wider situation that for far too many others seems to be invisible. It’s frustrating to know that it is hiding menacingly in plain sight.

Logic tells us that by speaking up and protesting with numbers, the whole thing will immediately come to an end and those who have been doing us wrong will change direction and put all those wrongs right.

But that’s not how this all works. And certainly not now the politicians running this Country have had that taste of absolute power that has pushed them down the slippery slope of tyranny and megalomania too.

The threat to them and their power has to be real before they will take that threat seriously in any way.

The only way to create that threat is to stop thinking that we can stop them in their tracks today by shouting loudly or by protesting. We must refocus all our energies to build an electoral alternative to this political culture, that will be created with the aim of running credible candidates in every constituency at the next General Election. But with work starting now, so that we are ready to fill the gap if the coming financial crisis hits much sooner than 2024, and the collapse of this totally self-obsessed government opens the door.

I sympathise with anyone who reads what I write and says, ‘we can’t wait for the next General Election’. The truth is that none of us can.

The problem is that the things happening cannot be stopped by anyone who doesn’t see the danger. There are also very inconsiderate people who can and are blocking the way to changing any of this.

This means that the only hope we have for change is to remove them and get them out of the way.

This can only be done peacefully at the next General Election with a political solution that works on behalf of everyone.

The alternative to doing this peacefully is revolution. But revolution doesn’t guarantee who will be in power once these power obsessed miscreants have gone.

There is only one way of approaching this that in the long term ends up with things being better for us all.

The Vaccine Passport madness shows the Government doesn’t know nor care what prejudice and discrimination really are

Outside of anything directly Covid related – which let’s face it, is quite a lot, the one issue that keeps rearing its rather ugly head amongst everything else is racism.

As I’ve discussed here in other blogs, there’s no doubt that racism exists. But it is the way that it is being talked up to the point where people are quite literally seeing racism where it doesn’t exist, that is making it the problem that it is perceived to have become.

Racism is part of a much wider problem. We all face different forms of prejudice and discrimination a lot of the time – often without anyone recognising or even being aware that the most basic forms of bias that we all have a habit of allowing to run rampant in our thinking may sound harmless – but when we entertain them and perhaps unconsciously act upon them, an act of prejudice or active discrimination has been born.

Contrary to the narrative that some amongst the supporters of BLM and the woke movement aim to promote, racism is not the only form of discrimination or prejudice that exists. There are many, many more and we will not solve the problem until people have been led to think differently and in ways that tackle the problem at the level of thought – which is always the deep down cause.

Set against a backdrop of issues like social mobility issues that are caused by discrimination and prejudice, we should be able to rely on our elected Members of Parliament and the Government to do what’s right.

MPs of all backgrounds should not only understand and be able to elucidate the complexity of theses issues. They should be doing everything that they can to set a positive and proactive example of how not to create division at any level.

We certainly shouldn’t expect to see a Government that all of our MPs have enabled using behavioural science in a way that has already created a very dangerous and open public divide. But instigating the use of Vaccine Passports – as a way to coerce poeple into getting jabbed – takes their irresponsibility to a new level. They are literally attempting to solve problems by creating many more and not caring about it takes their mismanagement to a completely new level.

None of the measures the Government is using or implementing are about anything other than control. We have long since passed the point where enough members of the public who were in more vulnerable groups have had both Covid jabs – as the Government itself insisted was always the aim. Yet the goalposts have moved – as they always do with the Johnson Government, and we are witnessing a textbook example of why those unfit to govern should never be allowed to take absolute power. The members of this Government are terrified of what happens to them and their so-called careers if they give that power back to those who entrusted them with it.

Using Vaccine Passports to arbitrarily exclude people from activities we still associate with the pre-Covid version of ‘normal life’ – just because they have made a personal choice not to receive a physical medical intervention – will create an immediate two-tier society that operates under a very dystopian version of ‘Your name is not on the list; you are not coming in’.

Everyone can see that none of the Government measures now join up either in the logic used to justify them or in the way that they are supposed to be implemented in the most practical sense.

The damage the Government is about to cause us all by pushing the Vaccines Passports narrative and the way that it will be rolled out by forcing whole sectors like the Premier League to police the tyranny will not stop at the turnstiles. This step will broadcast a very loud message to the very people a good government would be encouraging to step up and look beyond the differences that appear to exist between us, telling them that excluding others they do not see as the same is actually alright.

No form of exclusion is fair or right. Especially within a society that tells itself and everyone else that it is civilised and ahead with its thinking in every way.

Using Vaccine Passports to protect the Government narrative and maintain control threatens to push the fight to remove the barriers to individual progress and opportunity back decades.

It is a malevolent act, deliberately telling everyone who feels uncomfortable in the presence of someone who looks or speaks differently; is from a different background or is different in any one of many different ways, that it is ok not only to think these things but to act on them too. All this, simply because the Government acted to create a system of public discrimination and legitimise it in every way.

Yes, you may argue that there is no direct link. But at the base of all these problems lies an uncomfortable truth: People run to and use any kind or discernible difference as an excuse for bad behaviour when they are upset or feeling uncomfortable. The reality is that we are all human and do not exercise all of our decision making in a conscious or logical way.

The Government plan to use Vaccine Passports is potentially one of the most incendiary strategies that we will ever see, beyond the universal misuse of behavioural science programming and nudges to terrify people with threats to life and their way of living during the Covid Pandemic.

The real legacy that Boris and all the Members of this Parliament who have enabled and facilitated this growing tyranny will leave, is the widescale damage that their polices have caused.

Whether economic or social, the very worst of the damage caused is the pain that this unnecessary misuse of power has and will cause to individuals. of those the most sinister will have been to tell everyone that its ok to judge and mistreat others on the basis of who they are, what they do or what they believe. All this whilst preaching that ‘levelling up’ and being the Party of Opportunity is what the Conservatives are in power for.

Refusing pay rises for Police Officers whilst printing money to firehose at every problem they cannot control tells us as much about the Government grip on reality as its obsession with power

Probably the greatest unspoken injustice facing society today is the cost-of-living crisis that affects the lives of so many, that government doesn’t even acknowledge to exist.

In an age when MPs and politicians are getting elected to be somebody rather than seeking public office so that they can represent somebody else, it is regrettably a fact that you have to have lived with the pressures that pretty much everyone without a stake in Westminster life has to deal with daily if you really want to even try and understand what is going on.

With so much reliance placed upon statistics, textbooks and the words of philosophers who have long since gone, we really do live in times where decision makers are creating public policy on the basis of ideals rather than any understanding of how real life, the real economy and the real world actually works.

When our MPs run the Country under the misapprehension that an adult can function and support themselves on £74.70 a week claiming Jobseekers Allowance, it is no wonder that they think anyone earning more couldn’t possibly have it worse.

As I argued in a recent blog, even a figure around the 12.5% that the nursing unions had wanted for NHS staff wouldn’t make any great difference to quality of life for many, when you place this in the context of how the prices and real cost of everything is today being manipulated at will, for the purposes of profit and for greed and no more.

Yet the real travesty of the Home Secretary’s refusal to give Police Officers a financial uplift, isn’t some lucid moment where Priti Patel has realised that a pay rise won’t make any difference in time, it is the outrageous fact that Rishi Sunak and the rest of this ridiculous Government have spent the past 17 months printing money and running up a tab so big that it is literally about to break the bank

Ah, I hear you say. With all the money spent on the Covid Pandemic, we are going to have to tighten our belts and pay it back in some other way. But the problem with what might at another time be otherwise very worthy sentiments is the bill is already too big to ever be paid back. What is more, the Government and Priti Patel in particular are still blowing massive amounts of imaginary cash to solve the problems that they themselves created. They are literally creating money to buy themselves more time in the hope that they can put off the impact of the problems they have caused for another day.

Blowing £54 Million on a negotiation with the French that clearly failed to stop illegal immigration, whilst at the same time trusting that our greatest antagonist over Brexit would shut up and let the UK control the narrative is ignorantly naïve. But that really sums up just how inept and incompetent the people running this Country are.

We are now on course for an economic crash when whoever has been left in charge will have to lead a revaluation of our currency, of prices, how businesses operate, how the public sector provides and how society functions and works.

It will be coming before long. And in the meantime, this reticence to pay out money that their actions have told us has no value, would do better rewarding the people who ARE doing what they can to keep this Country together, rather than pretending that valuing the efforts of public servants is something that we can ill afford

Shouting & losing your S*** about what the Government does won’t stop them doing it. It’s time to put up or shut up – or Boris & Co keep control and the next General Election is already won

If nothing before now had convinced you that the Johnson Government will do whatever it wants to stay in control, the U-turn on vaccine passports and the threat of 14 years imprisonment for Journalists who embarrass them should now tell you all you need to know.

The decisions the Johnson Government has been taking stopped being about Covid a long time ago – if they really ever were. Their decisions are now all about control.

Control and maintaining it has been and is the only way that those responsible for the injustices being committed against us can be sure that their roles will not be uncovered and that they will not be held to account.

Boris, his Ministers and Advisors have grown more certain by the day that by maintaining the narrative they will ultimately keep public opinion behind them. They are continually working to ensure that all-important legacy Boris so desires, and to secure victory in the next General Election – in their minds years before it is even called.

This is a completely self-serving Government, supported and enabled to do all that it is doing by a Parliament full of MPs who all think the same way. These politicians have no doubt that with a subservient media and the whole political class ready to support them or even outdo them over Covid – any negative blowback from the public will not be meaningful and will certainly not last.

Unfortunately, for those amongst the growing numbers of sceptics lining up against this tyranny, there is a very big problem that is far too easy to overlook: Very little of the anti-Government sentiment, the words, the interpretations, the facts – resonates with anyone looking objectively or from a distance at what’s going on.

Sadly, the way that messages and information are being presented are actually damaging the argument and the chances of removing this whole political culture, right at the time when we should be focusing all of our energies positively against all of this madness. When words used publicly by the Government mean so little, the voting public will not be swayed by what looks far too much like many hundreds of tit-for-tat responses.

The anti-lockdown, anti-government sceptics and all these aligned in principle against the Johnson Government may be quite literally on the cusp of missing the chance to change this.

This is a travesty. The reasoning behind much that those messages and the experiences that people have had to go through to get there would have massive value if they were to be channelled in a helpful and engaging way. Regrettably however, frustration, anger and the desperation to make sense of everything is not being tempered and is boiling over. People with voices, platforms and passions are speaking out from their own perspectives instead of joining up and becoming a winning, measured and reassuring voice – something that is only possible when we all come together and work as one.

To be assured of impact from using logic and reason via any communication medium, you must be sure that your intended audience will listen and hear what you are saying to them. We have reached a point where the MPs in our Parliament and the Political Parties that back them do not hear our messages because they do not care. They do not even want to understand our lives. They are in politics for just one thing: themselves.

WE MUST DO THINGS DIFFERENTLY TO WIN!

I understand that many of you reading this will not want to hear, accept or work with what I have to say. But that is because I am sharing how things really are in politics, rather than how they are seen, or more importantly – how we would probably all agree they should actually be.

Boris’ 80-seat majority means that we are stuck with him or somebody who will be just like him until the next General Election – at least. Yes, there is a chance that the Conservative Party will ditch Boris as Prime Minister, but that will only because the rest of the Conservative Party will want to save their seats and save their own skins. They will replace him with someone potentially even worse, because Boris really was the best of the options for Prime Minister that any of us had.

Some believe that Labour or the Liberal Democrats will get elected and into power at the next General Election. But the reality is that neither of these political parties are offering you anything different. They are motivated in just the same ways as the Conservatives, and if given power will cause as much pain to us all, if not more. The only difference between them, each other and the Tories is that their brand of self-righteousness and self-serving government will be presented to us in a different ways.

There are no MPs in Parliament or sat on the green benches today have the promise of becoming the selfless big beasts of politics that we now need. Leaders who are driven by the promise of something better for all of the people that they collectively represent.

There are no servants of the people in the British political system today. Only those who want to manipulate and control the system so that they can force all others to serve them.

We can change this. But we have to begin work to change this now.

The results will not come overnight. It takes time and a lot of ingredients to put together a meal worth eating. This is why all the shouting and losing of shit will not cook up the end result that most people want and expect to happen right now.

I am reaching out to all of you who want to see the end of this rancid culture of politics – even those of you already aligned to groups like Reclaim and Reform UK who do recognise at least some of the wider problems, but are still focusing on very specific agendas.

Sadly, the ‘options’ currently available to us do not engage anywhere near enough voters to win. They are set to reach the other side of the next General Election in exactly the same place as UKIP and the Brexit Party did before them.

We must come together to create a new political movement. A New Party For All, that is completely fresh and has a totally different approach to politics and the people – right from the start.

The British Political system is sick. But its sick because of the people that are in it and bending it to their will for their own benefit and for the benefit of their friends.

We must get back to being human, caring about and connecting properly with all others, before anything meaningful can really begin.

Everyone has something to bring to this party. But egos are the one thing that to make us different to the politicians we already have, we all must leave behind.

It will not take many of us to get A New Party For All going. But the few who come together and become the catalyst to make it happen must be prepared to take an approach that right from the start will feel counterintuitive and not like it will be targeting the issues directly as everyone currently sees them.

Believe me, if there are enough of us ready to listen, consider and then contribute in the way it really now is possible to do this, the change that is possible will be highly visible to everyone within months.

Positive change will begin from that point thereafter. Then, when the next General Election comes or when the Johnson Government falls, we will be ready to step into the gap and stop other selfish interests from taking over and continuing to treat all of the people in this Country like they are complete and utter fools.

It really is time to put up or shut up. Taking real action and taking everyone else with us is the only way that we can now win.

Q: Why are the Tories so far ahead in the Polls? A: Because there is no political alternative to what we have already got (SPOILER – THEY ARE ALL THE SAME!)

Yes, scoff or blow a raspberry if you like. Think to yourself ‘There is Labour’, ‘There are the Liberal Democrats’, ‘What about Reform UK – or whatever that Laurence Fox guy was doing?’ – And yes, I can assure you that there will be plenty more too.

But ask yourself this: What are any of these political parties and the people who speak on behalf of them doing differently to what we see in the behaviour of the politicians that we have in Government running the Country today? What can you remember seeing from them at any time before?

If your response to this focuses only on Covid. Lockdowns, Social Distancing or something involving the past 17 months, I have to suggest that you are probably not thinking all of this through. Certainly not to the point where you can begin to start using your anger, frustration and the energy to do something positive that might lead to change and make all the problems that Boris & Co are creating go away.

It doesn’t matter what political party you support right now or what political parties you might have supported in the past. There is a common theme running like a fat vein through them all. At their worst lies unbridled ambition and blind self-interest, and at best is a lack of self-awareness and understanding of the issues facing just about everyone else – which for politicians should be the only common cause.

For many who are waking up to the evolving crisis of democracy and tyrannical leadership that we have now found ourselves facing, there were no recognisable problems with British Politics before the pandemic began. But others have been watching this unfold for years, if not decades. A slow, malignant rot set in to our political system leaving political parties run purely for themselves and for their own benefit, recruiting multiple generations of politicians who do nothing that doesn’t prioritise their party, their own friends and themselves above all else.

Because this process has been underway for so long, we now have MPs, Councillors and Politicians of all kinds right from the bottom to the top of the tiers of government, who say yes to everything they are directed to by their parties, just to get known publicly, gain power and ultimately get to the top.

They are not leaders. All of our recent Prime Ministers have reached the top job in the same way. They have only been unscathed before now, because it was not until the unscripted result of the Brexit Referendum landed in 2016, that events stopped unfolding for them in a very helpful and otherwise publicly misleading way.

To be fair to David Cameron, it looks like once the result was in, he knew immediately that he was out of his depth and simply didn’t have the tools to maintain the charade any longer. Theresa May thought it looked as easy to run the Country from No10 as all other MPs do, but quickly fell fowl of the complexities of dealing with the nebulous and maleficent EU and its previous forms as all PMs after Churchill have done so too – the difference being that she did so after being instructed to leave, rather than having an unhealthy desire and the ability to do whatever possible to get us further in. Boris ‘gift’ – if we can call it that, is that he simply doesn’t give a shit about anyone else or what anyone thinks, so when it came to winning the 2019 General Election, he was more than happy to do whatever the people around him told him to do to win. The wheels fell off for this particular brand of allowing a Country to run itself when the Covid Pandemic came romping in.

When being in politics and gaining power at any cost is your only motivation from a ‘career’ perspective, or like Boris – a plan from a very early age, you simply do not have the right motivation to represent others. You will not willingly expose yourself to the channels, journeys and pathways of experience that those who get into politics with the sole motive of representing others will have genuinely obtained.

For those we elect to serve us, such experience is the basis of understanding how real life works and what the experience of life means to others, how life is lived and how decisions in government will always have consequences for everyone else. It is the lifeblood of effective representative government, and when the representatives we elect don’t have that life experience, then the consequences of that inadequacy are very serious for us all.

Covid tipped a runaway train off the tracks. All of the downsides of having the wrong people running the Country have now come into a very explosive public view.

But people – and by people I mean the majority of us who vote – are not the simpletons and village idiots that those now obsessed with keeping their power at any cost would like to believe.

Yes, there are many who do not, or cannot elucidate their feelings or challenge the people who lead us. But that does not mean they do not think for themselves or that they do not possess that all-important gut-feeling and the instinct that none of us trust nearly enough. Right now, it is telling a great many of us that everything we are now seeing and experiencing from Government in this Country is completely wrong.

No matter what MPs, Ministers, the Opposition Leader and all the others with a mainstream platform to talk about politics say, people know that there is no longer a genuine difference between any of the politicians we have. So, whatever way you vote, the results and what happens next will ultimately go the same way.

Yes, there are by-election blips. But don’t discount the ability of your fellow countrymen to get up, go out and visit the ballot box and use that very small moment of power they still have to give contemptuous politicians and those who aspire to control us a short, sharp message bloody nose, underlining how we feel about what they do.

There would be no alternative on the ballot papers to what we have already got running the Country if we were to have a general election today.

Whilst I may appear to have overlooked the Reclaims and the Reforms whose leaders will quickly tell you that they will be there whenever an Election is called, the reality is that these are political vehicles which are failing to connect with anywhere near enough people in the meaningful way that an alternative will need to, if it is to win and gain power and then stop and address the problems that decades of the wrong people being in power in this Country have caused.

Talking about and considering Elections right now is a lot more important than many people would like to think.

With the 80-seat majority that the Conservative Party has got right now, we are pretty much stuck with them doing whatever they want to. Without beating them at the next General Election, there is unlikely to be any other way to remove and replace them in a way that will work out well for us all.

We must create, build and develop an alternative political movement that reaches across and addresses all of the issues now, so that it is ready, connected and has meaning for everyone whenever the next General Election is called.

We have to work together to do this. We must be the alternative. We have to step up to the next level and work strategically to overcome the problems that Johnson and the inaction of all MPs has created.

There simply is no other way.

Yes, Boris’ ‘Pilot’ exemption from having to do what everyone else does may have been stopped. But it marks a sinister public upgrading of the contempt this Government has for us all

From before it all began, I did not agree that Lockdowns were necessary and certainly did not believe that the measures the Chancellor took to support people financially thereafter were either the right ones or that they would actually help everyone as anything done properly should have.

Many ‘lockdown sceptics’ have since concluded that there is something far more conspiratorial about the whole Johnson Government approach. But we have just been witnessing the behaviour typical of weak people corrupted by the power of high office. And everything we have experienced to date since Covid arrived is the blunt end of stupidity at its worst.

On balance of probabilities, Boris Johnson, Rishi Sunak and all of the politicians and the advisors in cahoots with them didn’t begin imposing ‘emergency legislation’ on us, thinking that they would get away with even a fraction of the things that they now believe they have.

But as the British people have repeatedly done the right thing and adhered to the outlandish measures they have imposed, the confidence of those who were never fit to lead the Country in the first place has grown. So much so that they have edged nearer and nearer to the point where the absolute power they awarded themselves has corrupted them absolutely.

Today, they finally reached the point where they felt they could pull these stunts publicly – and get away with it – because they and only they know what’s best for everyone and they and only they have what it takes to get things done.

The contempt for the British People that it took to announce that they were going to deliberately flout the very same rules they have imposed upon everyone else – with considerable cost to us all – is breath-taking in the extreme.

Yes, the reaction from the media calling them out precipitated a U-turn very quickly. But to see our ‘leaders’ reach a point where they are prepared to be so publicly obvious about their own abuse of the Covid rules now gives the lie to the legitimacy of the claims they have made about Covid and the robustness of the science they have used to justify imposing such damaging totalitarian measures upon us.

It was clear for some to see what the Johnson Government were doing right from the start. But we can all now see just how badly we are being governed by politicians who are unfit for the Offices they hold. We can see how far we are from governance that is morally right whilst those driving these dubious rules and using manipulation to scare us sail increasingly close to the winds of being legally wrong – if that’s not what they have really been doing all along.

The problem. The big problem that we all have to face is there is no way that we can remove and replace this Government anytime soon.

Yes, with the ability that Boris has to set the agenda and control the narrative, there is a chance his confidence will push him to call the next General Election long before 2024.

But we then have another massive problem to deal with: There is no political alternative to the politicians that we have already got – with all of our MPs – whether Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat or any other sitting or currently aspiring to be in Parliament being motivated by anything other than their own agendas – exactly the same.

It might not matter so much if the Covid pandemic were already over. But it isn’t.

Furthermore, the Johnson Government mishandling of just about everything – not least of all the impact of what has been systemic mental abuse of millions of now fearful and vulnerable people for no other purpose than social control – has created problems for us all. Many growing problems that are not even yet apparent to many yet are set to inflict a painful legacy upon all of us – perhaps for many years to come.

We are in a mess. A serious mess. And it will get much worse. For a start, the impact of the profligate spending and money printing that Rishi Sunak has burdened us with when it was not necessary is likely to feed into what is likely to be a worldwide financial depression. A crisis that will touch everything relating to money that will probably be set off by the collapse of the US Dollar – after the Biden government also embarked on a series of financial decisions that have echoed the absolute ridiculousness of our own.

Do we really want politicians like Boris Johnson or Rishi Sunak ‘leading’ us or even touching the levers of power in this Country if the problems we are facing because of them develop as they probably will?

Regrettably, we must accept that shouting, jumping up and down, or using every media channel to scream loudly how justified our arguments or how wrong what the Johnson Government is doing will not force them to listen and it will not create change. These are small-minded people with myopic outlooks, committed only to their own cause.

Boris and his chumocracy do not see any threat to their position. Labour are struggling under Kier Starmer, and a by-election victory in a historically blue constituency for the Liberal Democrats doesn’t tell a Party like todays Conservatives that the yellow peril is back.

Outside of Parliament there is lots of talk and the elevation of public profiles for people like Laurence Fox and Richard Tice who hold laudable but repellently focused goals that do not connect with the majority of people. Isolated political thinking – no matter the sense it makes will ever engage the Country in a way that will win a General Election.

Boris and his advisors look at all of this and believe they are untouchable. They really to believe that for the foreseeable future, the British political landscape is theirs.

However, the establishment of a new political Party for All or movement that is inclusive, addresses all the issues – and not just those that are Covid related, reaches right across our different communities and treats voters as adults and with the respect and empathy that they all should receive, will quickly be seen by those in Westminster in a very different way.

If people can come together, put the specific ideas and approaches that they cherish to one side, engage in open dialogue and then work together to formulate an agenda and manifesto that genuinely works for and on behalf of all, the next General Election will be there to be won, simply because the British People will be presented at the ballot box with a real and credible choice.

In the meantime, if things do change and take a turn for the worse, we will already have a movement of people brought together and motivated by the right reasons, ready to step in and lead if the Government collapses and there is a need for something that will be good for us all to fill the void.

The Government will now lock us down for any reason that it can. Resistance doesn’t matter when they have an 80-seat majority, so beating them at the next General Election is the only way we can

Yes, Yes YES, I hear all of you who are shouting out loudly that the Government is wrong to be doing all that it is doing. But they are in power. They have an 80-Seat Majority. And they’re going to do whatever they want now – simply because they can.

No. It’s not right. And whilst they may be doing all that they are legally, it certainly doesn’t mean that any of it is morally right.

Watching headlines is an interesting sport. In terms of predictions, the mainstream news channels and papers have become more reliable than any clairvoyant could ever be in predicting what is going to happen at some point very soon.

Even this is deliberate. It is a way to soften us up against disappointment by putting an idea that the government already knows is a firmed-up plan into the mainstream, just so we are used to the idea, and it comes as no shock when it actually lands.

The latest addition to what seems to be an infinite list of preemptive announcements is the warning that the government is now expecting 60000 Flu deaths this coming winter – ironically because the population has been locked down for so long.

Regrettably, all this notice shouts out loudly that there are more Lockdowns heading our way in the Autumn. And they are coming whether they are imposed on us with Covid as the excuse or using some other innocuous illness where the propaganda is much more deadly than the disease itself will ever be, and things we used to accept as part of lives everyday risks are suddenly elevated to cult ‘death-is-now-imminent’ status – just like Covid-19 has been.

The Government is possessively guarding its control over us by stretching the Covid narrative as far as it possibly can. If they back down or change direction, the act of doing so will shine alight on all the holes and their stupidity will be exposed.

There is no willingness on the part of the Johnson Government to face up to the truth that getting the country heading in the direction of normality means upsetting the very vocal few who are going to blame him for everything that hurts them, whilst they remain blind to the massive hurt being inflicted by all this on everybody else. The media will help them to do it too.

Meanwhile the majority who have equally distressing life stories that don’t push people’s buttons and therefor don’t sell news, will be allowed to swing. All this so Boris can continue to do all he believes it will take to guarantee that winning the next General Election for his beloved Conservative Party is assured.

To this political culture – who believe they are modelling their decision making on decisions made by political titans they never met or knew, who led at a very different time and in very different circumstances they really do believe that this is how Leadership during this crisis and time is done.

We cannot continue to live like this. However, living with it is exactly what we are going to have to do. That is until the cycle of Elections or events that the Government cannot control comes around and allows for the politicians we have in power today and the self-interested specialists around them to be removed.

The problem with waiting for events and elections to catch up is that we have to be patient and not sit still. We have got to do our part to make sure that this is not a battle, but a war that we can win.

You cannot win the lottery without making the effort to buy a ticket. Our lottery win will be the successful removal of this rancid political culture and all the politicians and political parties that enable it.

We can only realistically achieve this at the next General Election. It is unlikely that anything like favourable circumstances for democratic change will come into being before.

So, it can only be done at the next General Election and the effort we must make to buy that ticket is to set up a new Political Party for all.

We need to do this right here and right now. It must reach out, address all the issues that are affecting life and not just Covid – and provide the alternative on the ballot paper we need when Election time comes around again and ensures that we get that win.

It will not matter how much we complain. How justified, right or overwhelmingly accurate our arguments will continue to be. These are politicians who prize their power and control over us above everything. And with that 80-Seat Majority in Parliament, this is not something they intend to give up or give back to the us anytime soon.

Let us use our energy and motivation wisely from now on. If we get a New Party for all started, launched and talking to all of the disconnected in the ways that only it can, you will begin to see the results and the impact of an alternative arriving on the political landscape straight away.

If events that the Government cannot control take over – as many expect they will, and that makes a General Election inevitable much sooner, with a New Party for All up and running, we will then be ready to face what comes next and not miss the opportunity to create change for everyone that works for all, for our mutual Benefit and is in every sense what we need and is above all right for ALL.

Wear a mask or don’t wear a mask. But before you attack others or businesses for doing what they think best, remember the Government created these responses to Covid – NOT US

Monday the 19th of July 2021 or ‘Freedom Day’ as the Government’s pet media called it has ended up feeling and being a long way from freedom in any way. Instead of us being able to feel we will have finally taken every step possible back towards ‘normal life’, the Government has once again created fear and frustration in people’s heads, whilst this time offloading the responsibility of how to manage ‘risk’ onto businesses and by default onto people themselves.

The sentiment that people should be allowed to make their own decisions was a laudable one – even if it was 17 months late. But the use of common sense by the public and businesses is a long way from where this has all turned out.

The only successful outcome that the Johnson Government will achieve from this particular ‘opening up’ is sowing what is likely to become a very dangerous level of division between people. One that could easily lead to violence, antisocial behaviour and management problems for businesses that could still be avoided if the Government would grow up and stop thinking about itself just for a change.

It is highly ironic that tackling the societal problems created by ‘visual differences’ between us are so big on the very same news channels that our hapless Prime Minister listens to religiously before deciding upon whatever he does next.

On one hand, Boris has been busy grandstanding over the racial abuse of England Football players because they look different. He then deliberately goes out and creates another set of divisions based on what people will be wearing and how they look. The politically expedient double standards at the heart of this are likely to have profound consequences for us all.

We didn’t create this situation. The Government did.

We are being set up to use the weapons they created and go to war against each other instead of working together to remove and replace them ALL – as we now should.

We must say no.

There is very little that is rational about the continuation of social distancing controls now that the key milestones surrounding vaccination of the most vulnerable has been achieved.

Yet the way that Covid was presented to the public in a deliberately disturbing and fear-encouraging way at the start created a very damaging legacy. A malignant fear that has become embedded within the minds of so many who have been living with the ongoing threat of risks either the same as Covid or in many cases much worse, without giving it a second thought for all of their pre-Covid lives.

This false threat has created a willingness to champion anything the Government says will save them on the part of anyone who has become emotionally enslaved by the rhetoric. Most often, they relate it to personal experience of their own – meaning they are effectively blind to all of the u-turns, backtracking and illogical delays to a return to ‘normal’. Instead, they are embracing every new threat as an endorsement of their own false fears. Otherwise, irrational fears that the government has just officially stamped as being legitimate and therefore something to be forced upon everyone else.

Fear isn’t rational. Some people never manage to overcome it, even with professional or even medical help. Others question fear practically in very different ways and use the evidence they see or experience as a way to judge just how realistic such threats are. As these past 17 months have passed, more snd more people have experienced a lucid moment when they have said to themselves ‘hang on a minute – what the hell is going on?’

Some have taken to social media and public protests to make their feelings known. Others have been so incensed that they their emotions have swung the other way like a pendulum, and they have surrendered their objectivity to the siren call of conspiracies that explain base human behaviour on the part of an inept political class in a way that sounds a lot more plausible than accepting that the people we elected to lead us are basically stupid, outrageously ambitious and completely inept.

It doesn’t matter how strong or logical an argument might be if someone is emotionally tied to or entrenched by an irrational fear. The irresponsibility of the Government in deliberately releasing this genie when mental health issues facing society are already so prevalent amongst us is almost certain to become a question of criminal culpability when the wheels fall off their contrived imaginary cause.

But that doesn’t help any of us now. And we face a situation where on one side we are going to see others approach to the ‘choice’ of how we approach post 19 July social distancing as being completely wrong and unjustified. But we need to be aware that the passion and surety of the argument that we ourselves feel will be exactly the same for those who we perceive to be on another side.

We cannot remove the Government that we have until the next General Election. In the meantime, these power-crazed politicians and the advisors who are relishing the public platforms that they have been elevated to behind them will not give up the control that they believe they have got. They will seek to refuel and maintain the whole covid Narrative they created out of their own myopic fears each and every time it looks like they might have to give it up and step back in some way.

Real leaders would not have acted like this even at the beginning and if restrictions on life for us all had really been necessary, you can be sure that they would have been big enough to give them back to us in full as soon as they had achieved their purpose and without the obvious threat of returning to lockdowns once more.

PLEASE, when it comes to next week and you come across people wearing masks, not wearing masks or you enter a shop or business premises where social distancing is still being enforced – REMEMBER that WE ARE ALL dealing with this horrific chapter in the best ways that we both understand and can.

Just because we may see all of this differently doesn’t make you or I right. It certainly doesn’t make either of us wrong.

The only people who will benefit from the division that fighting with each other will cause is a Government and political class that prizes its own position above all other things. Division between us will secure the future of these politicians and the people who benefit from being around them. Nothing more.

PLEASE, let’s respect each other’s choice and do what we can to accept and tolerate the wishes of each other. Let’s deny the Johnson Government and this whole political class the oxygen of public division that will make their way of doing government the only ongoing choice.

The Nonsense MUST STOP. The UK cannot afford the unnecessary cost of Covid and we should not be led by impractical idealists who think every life can be saved without consequences for others

It feels like the level of ridiculousness the Government has reached may now have surpassed the point where everyday normal people feel compelled to ask others to pitch them so they can check they haven’t got it all wrong. We can see that whatever it is, it is all very wrong.

With this morning’s headlines telling us that 1200 doctors and experts have called the ‘unlocking’ next week ‘criminal’, piggybacking on the news that health workers are about to have their Covid vaccinations imposed upon them, the number of people who are still confident and comfortable with everything that the Johnson Government is has passed the brow of that hill called a majority and is quickly heading down to being the relative few.

There is very little that can be called practical where the Johnson Government’s approach to dealing with the Covid Pandemic has been concerned. In fact, pretty much every decision made has been for effect, rather than dealing with any of the issues caused by this crisis head on. This is a government that ducks and dives to avoid the real issues whilst using a subservient media to communicate a narrative telling us that they and their specialists are the only people who really know what’s going on.

Had it not been for the fear-driven ideologies of career conformists who suddenly found themselves elevated to a public platform against the backdrop of totally inept politicians without even the slightest idea of how to lead, Lockdowns would never have happened. We would now be living with Covid in the most practical ways possible, dealing with illness for those affected as it arises and otherwise getting on with life responsibility without deliberately projecting our fears onto others. We would very Britishly be making the very best of it as we possibly can.

There was always an alternative to Lockdown. And if Lockdown had really been necessary, there were much better ways to deal with the financial fallout from the crisis too.

Yet the laissez-faire hangover of the free-market ideology that the Government applied in its approach to dealing with business, financiers and the markets when they issued the first Lockdown orders meant that as usual when there is a crisis, the same people are being expected to pick up the bill, whilst others line their pockets. To the elite, this is apparently all very run-of-the-mill.

The question of social distancing measures aside for a moment, the bill that Rishi Sunak, Boris and all their chums have racked up on our behalf for no good reason is already much more than the UK can afford. The UK was already bankrupt before this money printing bonanza started when Lockdowns began, and the prioritisation of what might happen if we don’t eradicate a virus vs. the practical implications for every other part of normal life, means that the dangerous, myopic idealism that we are being subjected to by our leadership, is a form of tyranny that we can simply no longer afford to indulge.

No. This is not a question of not considering those who are clinically vulnerable or of ignoring those who have looked the worst part of Covid in the eye when loved ones have been lost.

The problem with focusing only on the views that come from personal tragedies is that for anyone experiencing vulnerability or the white-hot pain that grief gives everyone before time has allowed proper healing to take place, the response to what is going on around us is highly subjective. It is a situation that does not lend itself to the objectivity required for public policy making in just about every possible way.

The list of consequences for others is already too long to write. Many of those who have or will suffer will forever remain unknown.

Amongst them are depression, suicide, domestic violence, mental health issues, financial loss, loss of jobs, loss of business, loss of credible qualifications, loss of contact with communities and the ability to live socially in any kind of meaningful form.

The reason the Government and influencers around them fuelling their fears are inflicting all of this – is simply because they can. There is no grand conspiracy at work – even though the evidence can be interpreted to suggest otherwise.

However, being able to do something because you can, doesn’t mean that you should do it. And real power is as much about not acting as it is about acting. Leadership is about only doing the things that are objectively right, not about being swayed by what anyone with their own agenda says that they should.

Few if any and probably none of the decisions made by Government since March last year have been objective. They have not been made in our best interests or aligned with a real appreciation and understanding of what the role of Government and our Prime Minister is actually for.

If the naysayers with power continue to succeed in influencing Government Policy, keeping us restricted here or there in some way, or under Lockdown once again by the Autumn – as most of us expect – the financial crisis that is already looming. that has been exacerbated by what they have already done, is likely to arrive even sooner that it might.

It is then that the idealists pushing this nonsense where they can value one life over all others will really begin to understand the true concept of cost.

We need everything opened up properly as quickly as possible with no ambiguity over social distancing or ‘voluntary rules’. Leaving anything open to question for people or for businesses simply will not do.

Its time for us to live to learn with Covid as we always should have and would have done so if politicians who cared about what happens to us all had always been in control.

Don’t mistake the actions of law-abiding citizens as successful manipulation of the many. Government abuse of laws to control us will deliver its just rewards

Perhaps one of the most disturbing statements we have seen from Boris Johnson, was that which directly referenced the Government’s deliberate manipulation of human behaviour and the suggestion that they intend to do [a lot] more.

On the face of it, the use of behavioural science, economics, nudges or whatever you want to call it has been remarkably successful in its use to date during the Covid Pandemic. Yet not all of what we see may be what it seems, and the Government may well find that it is congratulating itself on its manipulative achievements’ way too soon.

It’s clear that our political leadership, their advisors and the ‘scientists’ that currently surround them believe that they are the cats with the strawberry flavoured arseholes right now. What they do not see or are deliberately overlooking is the damage they have done to the mental health and independent thinking of a significant number of people who have bought into the fearful propaganda and lies deliberately deployed to coerce and control. These people are effectively the victims of abuse and will at best have great difficulty adjusting back to any kind of normal life. At worst they may suffer mental health issues perhaps for many years to come.

Regrettably, many of the anti-lockdowners or lockdown sceptics interpret unquestioned mask wearing and adherence to social distancing measures in an equally disparaging way.

Both the Government and many sceptics see the majority today as being little better than sheep. Yet there is a significant elephant in the room that really should be giving those who see this all for what it really is a lot of hope:

Most of the people in the UK are law-abiding citizens who simply obey the law.

As in the case of paying all the different kinds of taxes, the majority of people don’t pay tax voluntarily or because the want to. They pay tax because it is the law. This is the point that everyone needs to consider in relation to Covid ‘Rules’ when looking on either gleefully or in frustration at those who are ‘doing as they are told’.

Whilst it is clear that the fear-driven rhetoric that the Johnson Government has unleashed has directly affected a lot of people, the realty that the Government and those aligned against it are overlooking is that even now, the majority are just obeying the law. They will continue to do so for as long as doing so continues to make sense.

Events strongly suggest that the Johnson Government has complete contempt for rules, whether they be legally or morally obligatory in nature. Yet the Johnson Government is also very happy to impose rules on the very people they represent in order to keep control of a situation that genuine leaders would never consider dealing with in the same way.

The most blatant example of the Government’s misuse of the Law to manipulate and control us all has been the abuse of the Local Licensing system – permanently enforced and regulated by local authorities – to police and use pubs and hospitality premises to impose draconian rules on social activity, just to demonstrate how much control they can impose when the apparatus of government allows them to.

The imposition of unnecessary Covid ‘laws’ upon the general population using any business is particularly abhorrent, as it is often the frontline staff who have to police these ‘rules’ for the Government yet end up being those who frustrated shoppers blame.

To the credit of the majority who are still adhering to the Covid Laws – and will continue to adhere to follow the rules until the moment of collective reason finally lands – they are still giving the political class the benefit of the doubt in a way that only a democracy like ours would ever have allowed.

The majority of us still observe the moral case for obeying the law, even in the many cases where increasing questions are being asked about what the horrific level of lack of thought in policy making on the part of the Johnson Government has actually been about.

Those sceptical of Lockdowns and the Government will not find significant support for their arguments until the Government has lost its legitimacy and moral standing with the masses in a range of ways that far exceed the comparatively few issues that the Government’s handling of the Covid Pandemic has raised.

As each and every one of the consequences of the Government handling of Coronavirus and the unnecessary use of Lockdowns unfold, more and more daylight will begin to shine on the many challenging issues experienced by individuals and communities alike that have been exacerbated by what the Government has done.

Not least of these will be the very significant financial upheaval, which is coming for sure, and has come about simply because we are governed by politicians who believe that money solves all problems and that anything else is simply too demanding or unnecessary to try.

More and more people will lose faith in the system of government that we have and the political parties that believe they are entitled to rule.

Yet because nobody is working on a legitimate political alternative that crosses the divides and covers all the issues, there is a growing risk that when the time of the next General Election comes, there simply will not be an alternative on the ballot paper.

As things get worse and worse, the majority will look for more drastic action to sweep a political class that has no legitimacy aside.

A power void may sound very attractive to those who want to replace one set of myopic ideas with their own. But the vacuum that would be created this way offers no guidelines or guarantees in the way that it would be filled.

There has never been a greater need for a government that works for all, for our mutual benefit and is filled with real leaders who are committed to dealing with all the issues. Real representatives of the People who have the wherewithal to work tirelessly on our behalf and do what it takes at government level to proactively get things done.

Categories: Uncategorized

Everyday businesses cannot afford the pay rises that will make life affordable for all. But Government COULD change things so that everyone could afford to live on their wages and lead debt-free lives

No matter how you might feel about the role of the NHS during the Covid Pandemic, the ongoing calls for a pay rise by as much as 12% for employees has certainly brought the cost-of-living question into clearer focus. Especially as the Government is telling us all that 1% is all that it can afford.

The cost-of-living crisis surrounding all of us isn’t new. But like many of the problems that those on low pay, those living in the wrong places, those coming from the wrong backgrounds or those simply not having a story that the mainstream media can glam up negatively to sell, the harsh realities that a significant portion of society face each day are neither relevant nor understood by the people who should be thinking about them. Because the lives of those facing such difficulties are out of sight, out of mind.

We are living through an age where many cannot afford to live comfortably either without additional support or without getting themselves into debt. So, whilst a 12% uplift for an NHS worker might sound outrageous to those who should know better, for many with homes to run and pay for with spiralling credit card or loan repayment bills to pay, even an additional 12p earned on top of every Pound they earn today is unlikely to feel anything like enough.

Sadly, many of the MPs and policy makers that we have are not the thinkers that leaders they should be. Real life and what happens in the real economy is something that they neither understand, nor have the desire or motivation to do so either.

Over a period of five decades, politicians have bought into a range of misleading and dangerous monetary policies. They have actively encouraged what is little more than playing games with money with no consideration for the consequences of doing so. Indeed, the current Chancellor has driven a public spending bonanza by printing money in quantities and at a level that should only be considered normal in a time of war.

The Johnson Government response to the Covid pandemic and specifically their approach to what is in effect magicking money out of thin air to solve every problem rather than engaging anything near rational thought, has exacerbated an already serious problem. One that is making life increasingly difficult for the same people we are told all these fiscal measures are designed to help.

Not everyone is a financial geek or anorak – and neither should they need to be. Yet our MPs are elected to represent ALL of the electorate – whether people voted for them or not. And in the position of power and responsibility that they actively sought, the least that we can expect from ALL MPs is that they have a coherent and practical understanding of how everything that they collectively have responsibility for will actually work without causing more problems than they solve.

It simply doesn’t matter whether they are on Government or Opposition benches or somewhere in between. Representative responsibility for everyone is shared by them all.

Each and every MP should understand the real impact of printing money to solve problems, and the effect it has of devaluing the money that people like you and I have in our pockets. It means that the prices of the things we buy daily or each month that are necessary to survive, are quietly shooting up, whilst the media says very little or absolutely nothing about the struggles that even the so-called ‘middle classes’ are facing. MPs should not be playing any part – knowingly or otherwise – in this national travesty and the financial ineptitude of politicians is negatively impacting us all.

The other significant part of the problem we face, i.e., the key cause of the cost-of-living crisis, is the way that business and the banking and financial sectors have simply been allowed – often through deregulation – to inflate the prices of goods and services, often many times over as goods pass through the supply chain. These speculators calling themselves names like dealers and agents rarely add any value by what they are doing. But they have the effect of catapulting the value of end user prices, for no better reason than that they want more.

Common sense tells us that the way to counter the problem of rising prices is for workers to receive wage rises. But this is not how solving a massive problem like this works.

The financial problems that we face have quite literally been created by little more than greed. People in positions to play with prices, move manufacturing overseas and use many other clever, profit-focused devices that we are outwardly told will enhance UK business in some way. They are able to do so completely unhindered and do what they do, not because they have to, but simply because they can.

The reality underpinning this situation and the way money is being manipulated at every turn means that every wage rise given to the low and average wage earner is simply swallowed up by little more than profit-making of some kind. Meanwhile, the companies that directly provide the goods and services we buy put prices up, telling is that it is ‘market forces’ at work and that they have no choice to do so, whilst shareholder pay-outs and executive bonuses go on being paid handsomely. Not because its illegal, but because they can.

The instigators and people driving these inflated prices that are creating financial misery share one very clear thing in common with the Government and our politicians. They either have no idea what impact and consequences their actions and choices are having on the lives of others, or they do and simply do not care.

Either way, the misuse of such power either in the hands of business leaders or politicians is simply unacceptable. It cannot continue to go on.

The economic philosophy, ideas or textbooks that are being followed by politicians today have facilitated all of the money printing and financial wrongdoing over a significant period of time. Yet these really are just ideas that do not stand up to scrutiny over the long term, even if they appear to have worked over what has been multiple decades in time.

They do not work and are not working, because they neither exist nor operate for the benefit all. Here lies the biggest problem with how the financial and banking system, and our current system of government works.

Government DO have the power to change all of this no matter what MPs might say. But we are imperilled with the possibility of a very dark future for all of us, simply because the current ‘mainstream’ Political Parties have got the whole political system stitched up to the point that it seems impossible for any of this to work in any other way.

Politicians really do have the power to fix the way that money works and how prices are applied to essential goods and services. They can ensure that those on the lowest or average wages are earning enough each week or month so that food, clothing, transport, housing and the basic necessities of life are something that each and everyone of us can afford, without seeking help or going into any kind of debt.

They don’t, either because MPs and Politicians don’t understand the reach of their own powers, or because they have an interest in ensuring that the system continues to operate in exactly the same way.

If we want this to change. If we want prices and wages to work equally well for everyone. If we want everything to work equally well for everyone and in a mutually beneficial way for all, we must elect an entire Parliament filled with politicians who will represent us all properly, put everyone beyond themselves first, and most importantly not be afraid to do what is necessary or be open to any kind of influence that will have any kind of effect upon what they do.

The list of issues that need to be addressed is very long. It has been growing since long before the Covid Pandemic arrived, but that it was the public focus is currently all about.

There is no grand conspiracy at work. We just have politicians in power who are completely inept and very easily led, rather than being the leaders that they constantly work to try and convince us that they are.

People who have gained responsibility using the methods and the hand-ups that they have will not listen to or accommodate the needs, feelings and thoughts of others, especially when they perceive that doing so could risk the longevity of their position or role.

We can and will only achieve the very far-reaching changes in public policy that are now essential for everyone by changing our MPs and removing the Politicians and Political Parties that currently control almost every part of government.

This and the comprehensive reform of every part of government, NGOs and the Public Sector that we need so that they work for us all, has to begin with the change of the Westminster Government first.

The only way to do this democratically is to provide an alternative at the next General Election, because nothing else will democratically work.

The Johnson narrative is creating division because it impractically hinges on Zero COVID. The problems we now face are inevitable, but change was always the post-COVID way

July 8, 2021 1 comment

So, the latest news is Boris Johnson has swerved questions on what happens when people simply switch off Test & Trace – as they are already doing – once the doors have been opened fully on the 19th of July.

The answer to this question is quite simple. There isn’t one. Or at least not for Boris Johnson anyway.

Boris’ problems began when the Johnson Government’s COVID narrative was first created in March 2020.

Listening to and prioritising the myopic ramblings of so-called specialists suddenly given their moment in the limelight, Boris deliberately unleashed a tsunami of behavioural manipulation. One based on the absolutes of Zero Covid or 100% freedom. There was never any middle way.

Ever since this horrific chapter began, intelligent people have been falling over themselves to explain the logic and motivation underpinning Lockdowns, Social Distancing and the measures taken by the Johnson Government that cannot be explained in any logical or rational way.

Most of this anti-Lockdown reasoning is based on conspiracy theories. The theories have gained credibility because the actions and behaviour of the Government have consistently fitted the pathways of change that a growing range of conspiracies propose.

The unpopular, too-simple-to-believe – but nonetheless real version of events is that this Country is being run by people who simply do not know what they’re doing and should never have found their way in to roles with responsibility for the lives of others in the way that they have.

The original and long standing COVID narrative was based on a very insular and self-serving view. It immediately entrenched the Government position, simply because we are being ‘led’ by ‘leaders’ who do not know how to lead. Self-styled politicians who are terrified of deviating away from any decision they have previously made because they believe it will reflect badly in the media and affect their future in an equally negative way.

From the moment that Boris committed to Lockdowns and Social Distancing measures as the way to address the COVID Pandemic, he effectively committed himself, his Party and this Parliament to taking an ongoing position where no light will shine upon any alternative way.

Watching Boris speak at Monday afternoons No.10 press conference was cringeworthy. You could see that the man who wanted to be world king as a boy has trapped himself by weaponising a very dangerous form of rhetoric that pushed millions of people into a false system of belief. Fear is now guiding the way of millions of us and positive counter-messaging runs completely counterintuitively to everything they now believe and say.

The true scale and scope of the Covid Pandemic and the legacy that we are going to have to face and live with is still not apparent to many people because of the way that Covid ‘messaging’ has been deliberately manipulated and the financial response to Lockdowns have been handled by this Government.

Boris set the Country up to fail when he allowed medical specialists, experts and scientists to frame COVID not as in illness that would quickly become endemic and something that we would have to learn to live with – as it had, but rather as a virulent disease akin to something like the Black Death that was an existential threat to everything we know and everything that exists.

As I wrote in my last blog, the watershed moment when vaccination had achieved everything that it realistically could has long since being passed. Yet to hear people speak and communicate across the media, it is clear to see that many believe that nothing as actually changed since the Pandemic began. Many people have been conditioned so effectively by the narrative that they believe COVID is still the same risk as it was first presented to us by Boris and the people around him 16 months ago.

We are being presented with many personal stories that pull on the heart strings, telling us that our failure to wear masks in public from 19th July will be to the detriment of those individuals and whatever their particular struggle with life may be in some way. Yet there is a complete absence have understanding, thought or feeling for the ways that everyone else’s life has been turned upside down by the Government’s handling of the COVID Pandemic – typically in very damaging ways that nobody else will ever see or believe.

Boris Johnson will never voluntarily admit that the COVID Pandemic should have been handled differently from the start. He will not agree that COVID is something that we were always going to have to live with and not run away from. Because running away is the poorest form of leadership and where real problems with significant and damaging consequences for others always start.

The Johnson Government Policies for handling the Covid pandemic and supporting people and businesses during Lockdowns whilst they couldn’t work has already had massively damaging effects on the lives of many different people. Yet the impacts will only continue to grow and contribute to making what was always going to be a very different post-Covid world, more difficult for us to experience and live with than it really should or could have been.

Using up our energy and focus on what the Johnson Government is still doing or what it has done is not a valuable use of time. The Government will not change its approach or look differently upon any decisions these politicians have made. To them, everything revolves around how snd when the next General Election will be won.

The reality we face is that the World around us is already changing and in ways that no government strategist could predict. Things are not going to look like they did for us before Covid, and the effects of the changes that are coming are going to give a different feel to life for everyone.

The COVID variants will keep on coming and the UK population will remain at continual threat of Lockdowns for as long as borders remain ‘open’ and people continue to pressure for global and air travel to be available in anything like the way that it previously was.

The financial impact of Government overspending and the misuse of money to address every Government problem during the Pandemic is going to contribute in no small part to a monetary firestorm which will precipitate an entirely different way of thinking. Not because of the grand and impractical plans of some New World Order. But because decades of financial mismanagement –  sped up by the response to Covid – is about to create a situation where it is the only thing that Governments or rather those who are then leading us can do.

Globalism as we knew it is over. The priorities that lead businesses to exist and the motives underpinning how they operate will change drastically. We are going to return to a genuine form of localism that revolves around community. One that works effectively through the comprehensive use of the most localised supply chains possible. Small, agile, local supply chains that will work profitably because profit will be judged as the benefit it gives to everyone, rather the financially gained profits that can be achieved by just a few.

Boris, the Conservative Party behind him, Starmer and the Labour Party, the Lib Dems, Reclaim, Reform UK or anyone who believes they can control this political system so that they and their own ideas win aren’t going to tell you or talk to you about this, because the mechanics of the wheels that are now turning and moving forward towards the end of this self-centred political age are not something that they either acknowledge or are even trying to understand.

Change is inevitable and it will be for the better for everyone in the long term – no matter the narrative or what anyone on the TV, your phone or computer tells us. It doesn’t belong to these politicians and it never has.

Categories: Covid

The Ping Pox is killing struggling businesses whilst the only thing Test & Trace is saving is a very dangerous narrative that’s on its way to dividing us all #pingpox

There was a moment – which it’s safe to say has long since passed – when for the many, Test & Trace still offered the feel of being a security blanket. Yet with more and more events opening up to large groups of people and many more people now behaving as if lockdowns have already ended, it stands to reason that a respiratory illness – rather more like flu than the Government will admit – is circulating around the population in a way which is touching just about everyone.

That moment or silent watershed was reached when the number of vaccinations given passed the point when the most vulnerable age groups had received both of their Covid jabs. Now, the data coming from tests is flawed simply because it exceeds the ‘data-not-dates’ perimeters that the government itself set. So much so in fact, that with Monday 19th July now keeping everyone hopeful, the medical bods have gone full-circle and are now threatening more doom and gloom unless we go back to hinging our freedoms on their data – just like we were committed to by Johnson before.

The problem for the hospitality industry is that businesses that have been targeted so zealously throughout are now falling foul of what has become little more than a ping fest. One where people who may be carrying Covid or who may have just been in contact with the virus – nobody is sure which – if at all – are triggering Test & Trace and condemning what is quickly appearing to be anyone and everyone who comes within Bluetooth range.

Test & Trace – notified via your smartphone only is advisory. This means you are not obligated to act upon what it says. However, with the way that the destructive Johnson Covid narrative has rolled out creating what has become for many an artificial, yet damagingly unretractable state of fear, the end result is a ridiculous number of staff working in public facing businesses and organisations who now feel obliged to exempt themselves from work.

Being pinged has quite literally led to an imaginary illness. The ‘Ping Pox’.

Private lockdowns the only symptom of the Ping Pox. And somewhat ironically, even the NHS is now under threat because of the way this fear-fuelling app is still being treated as if it is a bomb-proof way to identify threats.

If the app must be used – and that has always been and is becoming increasingly questionable – the advice must change from immediate isolation if you get pinged to go get a test and then follow it up in a few days or something very similar. Only a positive, documented test for Covid for an employee should lead to their exclusion from work or the closure of any premises – if that is ever necessary.

Pubs and licensed premises are already skating on ridiculously thin financial ice because of the shocking and unnecessary way they have been targeted. They are being pushed to the brink by nothing more than a political choice. Livelihoods and lives are being destroyed by the pressure and influence of specialists who see life for everyone under their own myopic terms.

Pub Landlords and the staff that have stuck with them in jobs that now have very little certainty are being punished for no good reason other than that local regulation and policing of the licensed trade has made it an easy and very visible choice. The industry is having to adhere to rules that are not fit for purpose. Staff, Owners and Managers are being excluded from working and trading because of an illness they themselves are unlikely to ever be troubled with.

Learning to live with Covid is the only way. It always was. But there is a massive disconnect between saying and actually doing where the Johnson Government are concerned.

Small businesses – and in this case the industries and supply chains behind them, need to be released from all restrictions. Businesses must be allowed to get on with doing all the things that they know how to do best.

Pubs, the hospitality staff who want to help all of us enjoy our lives and many others are suffering from nothing more than an imaginary Ping Pox. It is a condition that nobody other than our self-serving politicians can actually see or in their own minds benefit from.

Rather than stick to the narrative that they are continually aiming to control, Boris and his Government need to be big enough to let us all go free. July 19th is simply not soon enough.

The talk of 5 winters worth of social distancing simply will not do either. The Government has to grow up and be big enough to realise that you cannot please the loudest voices at the cost of the silent or forgotten majority all of the time.

Covid has changed not only the political terrain, but that for business, locality and the UKs relationship with the outside world too.

Narratives are all well and good for those who believe that image or what others see is everything. But the stupendous errors and mistakes that the Government made in calling a lockdown and then following up with wholly inadequate measures to support businesses and employees then unable to work set the Government on a journey where each lie they have told has had to be covered by many more.

Policy decisions have been made not in the best interests of everyone at the time, but what is best for a Government filled with politicians who are afraid to do anything that can be interpreted as wrong by the media and used against them. They believe that by controlling the narrative in every sense, they can create a legacy that will show them as being strong.

Covid is here to stay whether we like it or not. Zero Covid is a fallacy. It’s time for everyone to start living with this endemic illness and to get back to living life – just in the way that handled differently from the start – we always should.

The Ping Pox is a fake illness created by the Johnson Government that is causing problems for more and more of us in the real world.

Perhaps It’s time for Test & Trace and the NHS Covid App to be condemned to the recycling bin. Unless it’s just used like a game to be played in an imaginary world without the real-time imaginary friends.

The impartial biases of the Electoral Commission: Is it the mine or the miner that will kill the canary?

People have a lot to distract them at the moment. But Covid, Euro 2020, the date of the end of lockdowns, a Lions Tour and a financial crisis that’s knocking on the door are not the only games in town.

Hidden in plain sight by the way that the media currently focuses its attention, The Electoral Commission has come into view not just once, but twice in recent weeks and in ways that really should be drawing a very big spotlight across everything they are in place to do.

First of all, we had the Prime Minister talking about a review of the Commissions powers. This followed a series of decisions The Electoral Commission has taken, such the prosecution of Darren Grimes following his input within the European Referendum Campaign and his relationship with Vote Leave in 2016.

Then, in recent days, we have seen newly appointed Commission Chair John Pullinger publicly state that the Electoral Commission could agree to SNP demands for an Independence Referendum without Boris Johnson’s approval first.

You really couldn’t write this stuff even if it was all made up. If ever there was the need to toss a coin to decide whether it was the mine or the miner that killed the canary, this must surely be it.

Despite the many troubling decisions that Boris Johnson and his government have made since the 2019 General Election, I have considerable sympathy with the suggestion that the Electoral Commission has been abusing its position. Anyone looking on with an objective eye will agree that the efforts made by The Electoral Commission against high profile Brexiteers following the Referendum, whiffed of sour grapes at best and looked maliciously partisan at its worst.

You might hope that the questions that the Commissions failure to secure the intended results raised would have resulted in some soul searching and reflective analysis about the role of its Board and Commissioners. Questions such as what they were appointed for. What they were expected to do. What The Electoral Commission really exists for.

This is what we might rightly expect. What we wouldn’t have expected however, would be for a new Chair to take over and then in what is probably their first public act, make a public declaration of possible action that through its very implementation would result in a range of consequences that would at their core reflect a politically biased result – whether intended or not.

Be under no illusion. Facilitating any kind of plebiscite that has not been legally sanctioned by the Government or by standing orders of any kind that relate directly to it would arguably be a deliberate and wilfully political act by those who make that decision or are responsible for it being made.

Nicola Sturgeons unilateral attempt at a demolition derby by extricating Scotland from the UK without fear of the consequences should not be aided and abetted by the establishment- no matter how worthy this impartially biased group of ‘we know besters’ might unwittingly believe the case for Scottish Independence might be.

Through not just one, but a series of decisions that bring the impartiality of the body which is supposed to endure the propriety of the UKs democratic Electoral Processes into serious question, the board of the Electoral Commission has demonstrated that it is not for purpose. Indeed, its actions demonstrate that it does not currently work in the best interests of the British Electorate – which it is there first and foremost to serve.

This problematic reality could not have hit the UK at a more inappropriate time, given the ongoing assault upon democracy that the Johnson Government and all of the political parties have been waging upon our democracy.

Whilst the Prime Ministers’ concerns may be overtly justified, there is significant danger for all of us if the work of The Electoral Commission should succumb to Boris’ self-serving buffoonery as a result of what is a wholly undemocratic and therefore suicidal cause on the part of its Board.

The question of how the problem should be addressed becomes interesting, as the Electoral Commission is far from being alone when it comes to suffering what is now an endemic problem with public appointments: Just like all of our political system today, there are simply too many of the wrong people in post.

Boris, his Government nor the majority of the MPs who are sitting today are themselves part of the problem.

Both the political and Public Appointments system is rotten and full of people who cannot differentiate between what is right for them and what is right for the people they were either elected or appointed to serve.

Like politics itself, The Electoral Commission simply has the wrong people leading it.

We need the Electoral Commission now more than ever. But we need The Electoral Commission to run impartially and free of any kind of political or malign influences.

It doesn’t matter if the cause of bias and improper decision making is overt and visible for all to see, or simply based upon the innate prejudices of people in positions of power who either lack the ability to be self-aware or know that they are favouring their own ideas above what’s good for others, simply because they can.

We must find a way to get the right people into all Public Appointments. Yet this cannot be achieved for as long as people who have a vested interest in the system continuing to run and perform in the same way that has been are left in charge of it or able to influence it in any meaningful way.

No Rishi: You and Your Party created this unmanageable National Debt. It’s time for YOU to own it and live up to the responsibility you coveted before more lives and businesses are needlessly destroyed on a whim

June 22, 2021 1 comment

If you believe that the Johnson Government has handled the COVID pandemic in the best way it was possible for anyone to do so, please Please PLEASE think again.

No, I’m not laying out a stall to argue the merits or the wrongs of Lockdowns, social distancing, vaccinations for everyone or zero-COVID as an impractically myopic cause. All of the questions that exist covering the unnecessary whys will continue to grow in number and the answers will most likely be provided as the consequences unravel around us all over time.

With talk and media attention now refocusing and pointing towards tax rises and the public policy changes that might begin to tackle the phenomenal National Debt created by the Johnson Government, it is becoming increasingly important for people to know and understand that even if lockdowns, social distancing and population-wide vaccination were the only way to tackle COVID, the people who have been unable to work and the businesses that closed or had significant loss in turnover, could have been supported in a much simpler, more intelligent and more considered approach. One that would have been equitable and fair to everyone, but above all would not have created either the level of National Debt or the otherwise unimaginable situation where workers furloughed on ‘free money’ understandably have no desire to return to doing the work the Johnson Government has been paying them not to do.

At a time of national crisis, we have a right to expect that the people we elect to make decisions and act on our behalf will do so in the best interests of everyone – not just themselves.

People who have attained and actively coveted the level of responsibly that not only Ministers but all MPs have, should either possess the experience or understanding to reach high level decisions, or know how to bring all of the right people and different interests together so that all of the pertinent information is made available to them and solutions can quickly and efficiently be put together that will be beneficial to all whilst working in the best interests of everyone.

What we got when the Johnson Government response to the COVID pandemic kicked off in March 2020, was a ‘pic n mix’ or ‘pin the tail on the donkey’ approach. We have a Prime Minister and Chancellor who were simply not up to the task and were driven not only by their own self-interest and fear, but also that of the civil servants and advisors surrounding them. The net result was that with both eyes on legacies and the result of the next election, our so-called leaders simply picked up and ran with the most obvious solutions that worked for them, rather than first working the consequences for everyone else through.

They then backed this travesty of absent leadership with a dangerous narrative that even now they refuse to step back from. One that has destroyed lives and livelihoods without any reason at every step along the way.

In response to the financial and economic issues created directly by the lockdowns they chose to impose; the Government should have imposed a parallel and universal shutdown of the monetary or economic system. One where people and businesses that suddenly found that they were unable to service bills and expenditure through no fault of their own, would have no obligation to make debt payments or meet service charges for anything non-essential that they were not using for as long as needed – with Government stepping in to underwrite the cost and provision of services that are essential for life.

The only need for direct financial subsidy for ANYONE either without or with a reduced income would then have been the weekly cost for an individual and their dependents to be fed and for their basic needs to be met. A figure substantially less than the free cash payments that have now been made and already add up to £60 Billion in Furlough payments alone.

Those key workers able to continue working on the frontline to provide products and services that are essential and are for the benefit of all would have had the de factobonus of a payment holiday on all of the big living costs such as rent, car payments or mortgages. This would have been a very fair and equitable way to reward those continuing to work throughout the pandemic without favour and give them a proportionate and timely thank you for all they have done.

The impact and consequences of the choices that the Johnson Government made, are already far-reaching indeed. It just doesn’t appear to be that way as lack of meaningful media coverage means the real-life disasters that are already unfolding don’t sell news and will not see the light of day.

The impact and scope of the problems that eighteen months of lockdowns have caused at individual, community and social levels, came about through a complete lack of consideration for the consequences of the financial measures that the Chancellor imposed upon UK businesses. Such measures and the decision-making processes that underpinned them could only have come about as either the result of a mixture of stupidity and complete ignorance or by deliberate, malignant design. Neither demonstrate an acceptable way for a democratic UK Government to perform and raise many questions about the quality and suitability of the politicians we have.

To say or believe that nobody else could have done a better job or have done anything differently simply isn’t true.

Many were aware, right from the beginning that the choices being made by Government were flawed, based entirely on the wrong motivation and ideas, and that there were alternative ways to handle all of the problems that Covid created, rather than the approach that Johnson and Sunak have taken, facilitated by a Parliament full of MPs who should have understood what was going on and intervened much earlier on.

The size and magnitude of the problem the Johnson Government has created is so big and so far reaching that the consequences have not even hit many of us yet.

Without us being aware, much is already changing economically behind the scenes and the inevitable ‘new normal’ is yet to come. It will not look like anything we have seen in living memory before.

Some are already suggesting that financial burden of the Johnson Government’s handling of COVID will be placed in the hands of future generations, many of whom have yet to be born.

But the debt that is still being ratcheted up is so big that when the impact and consequences of what these unwitting totalitarians have done have been fully manifested, it will become painfully apparent that the economic system as we know it is done.

The way of doing things economically, financially and with money as we have been – whether consciously or not – can no longer go on and will cease to exist.

The UK might have been better positioned to weather the coming storm and deal with the fallout from what will be the significant financial and economic crisis that the Johnson Government has wilfully engineered, had it not been the case that governments around the World have acted in very similar ways.

The behaviour of our supposedly skilled worldwide leadership has given credence to the very strange and dangerous philosophy inappropriately named the Great Reset by the World Economic Forum – a wholly quixotic and dangerously impractical set of proposals that will only become prescient if people continue to behave and respond like the whole thing is a done deal.

Trying to explain the unexplainable to so many frustrated, bewildered and disenfranchised people who are now looking for answers – as less and less of what the Johnson Government does appears to make sense, leaves many vulnerable to the influence of conspiracies. The idea that there is some great plan at work to enslave society and put us all under the yoke of some Orwellian regime only becomes the dystopian nightmare we fear if we make that idea real.  

In truth, many of the things that Ministers are publicly saying and doing are fuelling this myth. Yet the truth is far more mundane.

Politics in the UK has become the preserve of the ambitious and of those seeking glory who have no care nor consideration for anyone but themselves.

Politicians have become self-styled wordsmiths and the manipulators of truth. They have reached far into the dark art of behavioural science to terrify and control normal people, whilst telling us that they are our saviours and that they and only they are the ones to get things done.

Real people, in an increasing number – if not already a majority – are now in the position where they cannot afford the lives that they already have.

Burdening us all with an horrific level of National Debt that we simply do not possess the means to service without further sacrifices that we cannot afford demonstrates a level of detachment from real life and day-to-day reality on the part of the political classes that is at best breath-taking and at worst borderline criminal to say the least.

The UK was already heading for massive financial problems before the COVID pandemic arrived. Modern Monetary Theory (MMT) and Neoliberal Policy has been the cause of much of the financial inequality that already exists across society.

Such theories are treated like they are a saviour by Rishi Sunak and his Advisors. Yet the impact of a philosophy or set of ideas that suggest the markets will look after everything if they are allowed to function on their own with minimal regulation would be a wholly inappropriate and misguided approach to managing the affairs of a country in peacetime. It is certainly not the way to lead us through any kind of national crisis and certainly not for fighting any kind of war – as tackling the Covid pandemic has been likened to by those seeking to big up their leadership credentials and prowess.

The real reset, reboot, redrawing or revaluation of everything that has become necessary is not one that self-serving, self-absorbed politicians and ambitious would-be leaders who have no respect for others can control. Even if for a period of time it looks and feels like they can.

The financial system that we have and the ideas that underpin it are completely broken. The Johnson Government’s mishandling of the financial response to the COVID pandemic has speeded up its destruction. Their actions are now shedding light onto just how poor and damaging the consequences for everyone are from a system that champions and promotes financial interests and profit above all else.

Money has no intrinsic value. It is a unit of exchange, nothing more. It is certainly not a thing, nor the ‘god’ that its use as a reference point for the value of everything suggests that it has now become.

If money were real, governments would not be able to print it or produce it in the quantities that they have done over the last 18 months – seemingly without consequence. Yet we are seeing money appear out of thin air.

Everything will have to be revalued, but not just in financial terms. It must be for the benefit of everyone and certainly not the same old few.

There is an ethical or moral deficit present within the whole of government and the financial system that itself needs to be completely and comprehensively reset. We can no longer continue on a pathway where those in power at any level within politics or business make decisions and act not because they have questioned whether it is right or wrong to do so, but simply because they can, and it serves their purpose to do so.

Indeed it is ironic that the actions of many businesses to now push up prices post lockdown to ‘make up for what they have lost’ – not because they should, but because they can – could easily prove to become the inflationary catalyst that will bring the whole house of cards down.

The decisions that must be taken to achieve the change that will address the massive societal and systemic imbalances on our behalf will be the responsibility of the Government, the Ministers, the MPs or whoever leads and runs this Country when that time comes.

However, it would be better for us all if the decisions were taken now and before any more damage is done. That way, many of the additional problems that normal people are going to needlessly face can be prevented before they even begin.

This would certainly require Rishi Sunak to choose to own his decisions now, rather than offload them or project them onto a public suffering with crippling financial fatigue.

As this class of politicians is responsible for creating many of the problems that we face, it is only fair to expect them to step up and fulfil the requirements of the responsibility that comes with the jobs they wanted, before inaction and ineptitude causes more damage than our society can sustain.

Wake up call: Chesham & Amersham shows us that ALL these political parties can be beaten, whilst reminding us they are fundamentally the same

June 19, 2021 1 comment

Perhaps the biggest problem that exists in and because of the media age, is the perceived need on the part of those who see themselves as having a platform, to keep talking at their followers, even when for the majority of time their text, comments and conversation have the residual value of hot, rancid air.

In an age where critical thinking is at a premium, simply because what should be a media age life skill isn’t taught in schools, the vacuous bullshit that is constantly presented as an authority view certainly plays with the minds of the vulnerable. There’s as much of it as there is grass and when it exists at every turn what is there not to believe?

This isn’t just about the ‘woke enlightenment’. The oft unconscious and hollow philosophy that opinion supersedes fact dwells omnipresent amongst the realms of the mainstream pundits. The very same commentators and pollsters who have this week been falling over themselves to outdo each other with their predictions for the fate of the Conservative Party, based purely on their ‘loss’ of the Chesham & Amersham parliamentary seat to the Liberal Democrats in talk of red and blue walls.

The suggestion that this By Election result can foretell what will happen next is both laughable and dangerous. Both the political class and the commentariat facilitating them is completely divorced from reality.

Normal people are far too busy trying to make the best of lives that this system of Government and the stupidity that drives it to focus on what the politicians really do. The establishment has turned living for many into nothing less than a life, death or penury-inducing obstacle course, where the temptation of escape by committing crime is thrown in just to pile the pressure on a population which is being set up to fail by its leaders. There simply isn’t the time, nor the motive to even attempt to appreciate just how little the establishment really understands about real life, what real inequality looks like and how an inept political class fuels it to exist.

The devil is quite literally in the detail and the amount of detail that ‘experts’ and ‘specialists’ are throw at us. They call it ‘science’, but science is itself only as up to date and reliable as accepted contemporary thought.

The pundit-induced complexity of the result in Chesham & Amersham, the voting swing and the shock of the result makes it all seem very real. Yet all this result proves is that even the safest of parliamentary seats can be lost, depending only upon what the people of that constituency feel and think on the day when the polls are open and electors consider how or if they will even vote.

People will always vote through the lens of their own experience, whether they are looking outward to the world or inward towards their own bubble when they do so. Whilst the political class may do everything in its power to manipulate what the people outside of the Westminster bubble see and understand, politicians have little or no control over anything the public thinks. It is more often than not little more than a happy coincidence that with the creation of so many different narratives, there will be a glimmer of truth somewhere amongst them that resonates with real life and the base fears that drive it in some way close enough way to give one set of politicians the edge over what any of the others say or do.

It would be easy to throw political and electoral history on to the table and present it as conclusive evidence that the thoughts of people can be controlled even when they don’t want to be controlled. Yet the truth is that ‘it’s not what you say, it’s what people hear’ and even the lowliest pleb or member of the lowest classes that the establishment look down upon has the capacity and ability as an elector to choose based on what they know about the world and how they see it.

Whilst they may be glad-handing themselves, knocking elbows and smashing down toy walls made of blue bricks to celebrate ‘their’ success, the Liberal Democrats are not offering anything different to the Conservatives or any of the other current selection of Political Parties that they want to replace. But the different wrapping and their way of speaking was different enough to look like an alternative when it came to last Thursday when it was time for the people who really matter in Chesham & Amersham to make their choice.

For lockdown sceptics and the increasing number amongst us all who are aware that the real fallout from the last 18 months is yet to hit us from what this whole political class have done, the Chesham & Amersham result should be taken as evidence that with the right approach, motivation and support, the next general election result is by no means in anyway certain. A genuine alternative to the political clowns that we have in charge now would gain the support of the wider electorate very quickly. And if it did so, after the next General Election, it would have the ability to turn all of this mess around.

Regrettably many people think that change is as simple as changing other people’s minds about what they think. Yet the Chesham & Amersham By Election result is a textbook example that shows this is all the current crop of out-of-touch politicians does.

People want to live and experience their own truth. Not one created only to benefit others. All an alternative party or group needs to do to be taken seriously is focus on shining the light of truth across enough areas of life to create the emotional feeling that is commonality and a shared purpose. One that makes sense of what’s happened but dares to inspire a belief that things can be better only by embracing change at a personal, community and national level. The workable and considerate alternative to what we have now and will continue to receive from all of these Political Parties based on the mantra that life is too complex for normal people to be trusted to understand,  that politicians are the only adults, what’s best for them is best for everyone, and that it is not only ok but now necessary for them to use fear as the way to remain in control.

A Humpty-Dumpty Heat Pump Policy is yet another act of an out of touch Government risking the success of alternative and workable environmental policies that we could actually afford

May 28, 2021 2 comments

In 2007 when I was first elected as a Borough Councillor, one of the first things that I did alongside my newly elected political colleagues, was to push our newly in control Conservative Group to overturn the Councils Standing Orders for its recently approved Recycling Policy. One that didn’t consider the practicalities of the service and worst of all, simply by-passed consideration of what would be the experience of residents as end users.

I recall the look of horror on the face of the Group Leader now. But as we had all campaigned and successfully won our seats with a pledge to introduce a Recycling Scheme that would encourage uptake by making it easy and practical to use, we made it clear that there was no going back from rejecting the Scheme that the last Administration had planned.

What was clear to me, right from when I first began running and designing services for public use – is when you are literally requiring people to change their behaviour the service or product must be easy and make sense for them to use. More importantly still, it MUST offer a perceived improvement and benefit to the user in relation or comparison to what they already have.

One of the biggest mistakes not only politicians, but also many new entrants to business make, is to assume that just because ‘you get it’ and the way your idea works makes perfect sense to you – usually because you already have ‘the background’, that everyone else will simply ‘get it’ AND embrace it too, the very moment that it leaves it’s place on paper and then materialises into real life.

The problem is that people don’t just ‘get it’. And in this case I am only talking about the circumstances where a service is perceived as being ‘free’ to the public or end user. As such it has no directed or calculable financial cost to the end users involved.

The Government’s rapidly evolving policy that will force everyone to begin using Heat Pumps is very different. It certainly makes little sense.

Despite the aggressively optimistic timescale for implementation – which will be either positive or negative, depending upon the ‘green’ views you might have – the shocking reality is that this is a public policy set to cost households a minimum of £10,000.00 – that is itself likely to become ridiculously scalable by the time any law comes into force – and that’s before considering the cost-of-living crisis that people face today being involved.

At a time when the real impact of this Government’s Covid policy of forcing loans and debt onto countless small businesses to ‘survive’ Lockdowns has yet to manifest, it really is quite extraordinary and straight into the realms of the ridiculous for the Government to adopt a wholly idealistic, impractical green policy that is already unaffordable to the majority of the people who it will be forced upon.

Governments will never succeed by forcing through quixotic policies that are neither practical nor affordable for normal people, or do not offer an experience or resultant improvement in quality of life.

The Heat Pump plan is at best a leap backwards from the systems that we already have.

Imposing Heat Pumps at exorbitant cost, with technology that won’t keep people anywhere near as warm, and with practical or physical requirements that might mean the sacrifice of entire rooms – right in the middle of a housing crisis – goes way beyond the sacrifice that any sensible, realistic and thought-through public policy can demand of us.

With technology improving at the rate it is, it is well within reason to expect a Government working for the genuine benefit of the people to design and implement other policies that will not have such regrettable impacts upon the life experiences of others. It is likely that we will very quickly arrive at a point where people will willingly embrace and champion a greener alternative to what we have in our houses today, simply because it works properly, it doesn’t impact or intrude upon life any further than the time it takes to fit and learn to use, and it is something that even the poorest homeowner can afford.

It’s not as if this Government doesn’t have the means or the compunction to use nudges and behavioural insights to get people to accept changes that can be made without financial or lifestyle cost right now. ‘Save the NHS’ is all the evidence needed to understand that there are already seasoned specialists on the establishment payroll who could be using their skills to do something good for everyone in the long term – which is after all what their pseudo-science is supposed to be for.

Sadly, we do not have politicians or leaders in Government today who have the life experience that public representatives should have that would allow them to understand that how life should be and how life actually is are two very different things. There is a massive gap in time and space to be journeyed through between them both that contains a plethora of incalculable factors, impacts and consequences.

Imposing green environmental policy in this way is at its best demonstrative of a puerile view of the world. One that focuses on everything that looks wrong and demands immediate and radical change to address it.

Simply no allowance is ever made for the processes necessary to gain the real understanding of how different people in this Country live, even though it would result in politicians becoming better and more appropriately informed.

We should be able to expect more of our Government. But we are currently stuck with a whole political culture – spearheaded by the Conservatives, which has adopted idealism of one kind or another as part of a self-centred and selfish approach to public representation.

Our politicians have no respect for the laws of cause and effect or the realities of consequence. The Government has already been racking up disproportionate and unmanageable debts under the guise of doing what’s necessary to get us through the Covid pandemic.

Yet before we have even reached the point where normal people become aware of what this mismanagement will cost in the long term, the Government plans to saddle us with unnecessary and avoidable personal debt on the basis of an impractical whim that could end up making every aspect of life green. But equally something that the majority of us can no longer afford.

Great British Railways: Yes Minister, you can change the wrapping, but that won’t remove the structural rot and make rail travel the public service it should be for us all

Before anything else, Railways are a public service, and it is important to recognise what a public service really is or should be.

Public services are the essential services that every member of society should be able to access so that they have the same essential opportunities that everyone should have in life. Public services are usually run by Government or the Public Sector for the benefit of everyone. Either alone or collectively public services are run on the basis that they will provide universal access for the public to the service or services they provide. The master that calls the tune of public services should always be the public itself. One of the key reasons public services are in public hands is the intrinsic truth that providing a universal service means that provision in some locations will be cost effective and in some locations it will not. Public services are run objectively, not subjectively in the way that profit-led services are. Public services are created, maintained and developed for the benefit of us all.

The drive to privatise public services in the 80s and 90s has proven to be one of the Conservatives most destructive steps on the pathway to making the basic building blocks of life unaffordable for the poor.

A series of privatisations like British Telecom and British Gas were sold to us as an opportunity for normal people to take ownership of the services that are provided for us all.

Yet the decision to sell off public services was based on a flawed economic theory expounding the principle that free markets left alone to regulate themselves would ultimately look after and support us all.

The privatisation of public or municipally owned bus companies and franchising of the Rail Network was fundamentally the same. Despite the heavy element of government subsidies being paid even now, the result has been the changing of service priorities from public service to private profit, and that has had implications for us all.

The neoliberal approach to policy and public ownership adopted under the Thatcher regime was the toxic part or downside of the 1980’s Conservative legacy. It created a ticking time bomb that is now in the process of going off with an explosion of implications that are there for us all to see.

Public services are always cut or reformed with an inevitable loss of quality when they fall into private hands, no matter the promises that are made when the process is underway to sell them off or award them to contractors to run. Government subsidies do not matter and in all likelihood make the situation worse as they’re just a way of transferring wealth directly into shareholder hands.

British Railways are at a crossroads where the COVID pandemic has precipitated a steep fall. With private rail operators literally handing contracts back, the situation has literally forced government hands.

The solution that Transport Minister Grant Shapps is now giving us, is the creation of the ‘new’ Great British Railways brand.

Yes, the packaging may take on the look and appearance of a restructure. But the action taken by this Government will do nothing to address the institutional problems embedded within the UK railways system and the way it is operated.

Politically speaking, this is not just a Conservative problem. Labour are historically up to their necks in it too.

Employment rights, an unworkable zero-risk approach to safety and the working time directives that left wing progressives have pursued at every turn created an institutional problem for all public services and the structures of government. The focus on staffing conditions rather than the services they offer has made staff too expensive to afford under ‘public management’ and made a significant list of problems that an organisation as big as the UK rail network faces significantly worse.

Throw into the mix the self-serving influence of union barons, that is no better than the greed and profiteering of greedy bankers at its absolute worst and you have a recipe a disaster, rather than there being any sensible kind of choice when the whole system falls into disarray.

No government or politician can fix the problems that the railways face without addressing all of the different areas of public policy which have influence on the situation leading to the railways demise.

Lack of understanding of how railways and all forms of public transport function and operate has become an endemic flaw within the foundations upon which public transport policy is now made.

For instance, HS2 was never needed in the form of a completely new and separate transport infrastructure. Not when the real questions facing the railways and its management only extend to infrastructure when station capacity and the turnaround of trains at terminus stations in Towns and Cities like London is involved.

Throwing money at the Railways or simply restructuring them will not address the problems that need to be solved.

There is nothing to be gained by either renationalising the railways or continuing to attempt to run this vital public service by placing it in other private hands. 

Until such time as our politicians are big enough and prepared to enact the reforms and development of public policy that will facilitate public ownership of public services to run in the best interests of everyone, Rail services should be placed into the hands of non-profit making trusts. Our Railways should be run as a business by ethical, commercially experienced managers and executives who are motivated to run public services in the most efficient and professional manner and without the expectation that has become endemic throughout the public sector that executives don’t have to worry about income and how they provide value to customers, because their wages will always be paid.

It sounds like a tall order. But this is not something that is impossible to do. It just takes imagination and politicians leading us who have the will to do it, rather than concentrating and focusing on only doing whatever avoids the problem and at the same time makes them look good.  

SPOILER: This Government and its policies will not be stopped democratically before the next General Election. WARNING: Work on a credible alternative must begin now or the UK will elect the same thing again

To Lockdown Sceptics, dissenters and everyone with misgivings about what this Government and the establishment is doing and has done:

It doesn’t matter how right you feel or how right you might be. The Government is not listening to you and will not listen to you.

To do so would be to allow a light to shine upon the misjudgement and ineptitude of an entire political class. To respond and act differently would be to openly admit to the World that they are neither fit for the office they have and are incapable of fulfilling the roles in which they serve.

You may have watched the film The Big Short and seen the portrayal of Mark Baum in the run up to the Global Financial Crisis. Baum couldn’t understand why nobody was listening or acting to prevent what he and his colleagues could see happening. They saw business carry on as usual as increasing numbers of people lost homes and the finance system was about to go over the edge. They faced the massively unsettling reality that everyone who could do something had their heads buried in the sand. People with the power to act either kept the narrative going to help cover up their own actions or to keep receiving the benefits from the position of power or influence they had.

The similarities between what happened leading up to the 2007/08 Global Financial Crisis in the United States and what is happening now in the UK as a result of the way this Government has handled COVID and built its response around Lockdowns is startling indeed.

Similar because there is an establishment narrative at work in the UK today that was set in motion the very moment that Boris Johnson closed down the Country telling us that it was to ‘protect the NHS’.

That narrative has continued ever since. It has led to bad decision after bad decision as the fallout and consequences of each bad decision has in turn had to be explained or countered in some way.

One lie leads to a thousand more. For the Government to admit the truth by dealing with events any differently to how they have been doing so or by changing direction to where things should really be, would be the same as admitting that Lockdowns, the use of behavioural manipulation, social distancing, the money they have spent and many other things they have done were wrong.

You can be reasonably certain that most MPs by now understand that the decisions they have made or have facilitated through their own inaction have bolted the accelerator of the train to the floor, whilst the Government’s inordinate spending has broken the brake lever clean off. The only question remaining is whether the wheels will still be attached as the UK flies off the end of the line and goes over the cliff with all of us still aboard.

Like some demented Mr Micawber having a moment, the Government and the members of the political class that underpins it are falling over themselves to keep this destructive narrative going in the forlorn hope that ‘something will turn up’. They are literally betting the house that events will somehow play out to the end in their favour, allowing them to leave a legacy in the history books telling future generations that they were always in control.

To say that what they are doing and what they have done is the height of irresponsibility wouldn’t even begin to cover it. But this Government and this insidious culture of politicians that are just like them will continue to ride roughshod over our future, right up to the moment that we give an alternative government and form of leadership the majority of our votes.

Yes, there really is nothing you can do to change what is happening right now. That’s not the way that the British Political System works.

Yes, you could create and engage in mass civil unrest. But its success would destroy the existing system, when it’s not the system itself that is the problem. The problem within the system is the quality and motivation of the politicians that we choose.

Yes, the destruction of the system may sound very appealing if you recognise the damage this Government has already caused. But the risk to us all is what could emerge from the inevitable mess and chaos that comes from bringing down Government in this way. The resulting form of Government is even less likely to be one that would work in our best interests. It is very unlikely to be one we have the opportunity to choose.

The power we have to change things is in this moment. The power to change everything that government does has to begin with us changing the things that we have control over today.

We may have only two years or 24 months to wait to the next General Election which could come in May 2023. If the wheels of the train fall off sooner, the wait could be even less. We must be ready if it does.

When the next General Election comes, we need a political alternative on the ballot paper in each and every Constituency that is not only credible but understood and supported by the majority of voters who will be looking for change that they can trust on that day.

That alternative will not come by waiting for someone else to do the work for you or by thinking it is enough just to get onto social media, pick up likes and followers and keep telling everyone how it is.

We all need to begin thinking, acting and behaving like we are already the next Government in waiting. We should be taking every opportunity to share our experiences with others, to exchange ideas and above all, listen to the stories and life experiences that others from all backgrounds are ready and willing to share.

The things that we have in common with each other far outweigh the small number of differences that appear to separate us.

By building a network and conversation that engages the public without the need to always be in the public eye, we can quickly become and be the alternative that the UK, our communities and the people that we care about need.

Bad government is not our destiny. It is our choice.

Change begins with a conversation. Have you thought about what you can do to create A New Party for All?

UK self-sufficiency and localisation of food supply chains from British Farms should now be the Government priority. Not vanity-led trade deals that undermine them

Globalisation as we knew it before the age of Lockdowns is over. We may not feel it, understand it or in most cases even see it. But the World has been changed by the chain reaction that was set in motion by the COVID Pandemic.

Daylight is now beginning to shine upon all the hidden, self-serving and myopic powers that influence our way of life. They are coming together in a concert of chaos with COVID conducting the orchestra – right at the fore.

It may sound dramatic. But the subjectivity and focus we have on everything beyond our own lives and the bubbles we unwittingly live in make it easy for us to ignore how things really are at the objective level. We are and have been living through significant National and World events that have consequences neither we, but even more importantly our politicians, can or now will avoid.

Loss of the realism that a genuine overview provides leaves us out of touch with the reality of what is happening. We take for granted that daily life will always go on as it has and that everything continues in the same way.

Yet the assumption that an encyclopaedic range of foods and products will always meet us when we walk through the supermarket doors or click online is a storybook waiting for a bad ending. And that ending is now almost certain to emerge.

Whilst the Government, media and the establishment they serve tell us that everything will return to the pre-COVID ‘normal’, concocted narratives cannot change nor head off the impact and consequences of the decisions they made, the money they created then spent, and the stories they have told to control people during a pandemic.  

The change is already underway. We can already see it in the questions over home working and many revaluating where they wish to live. Change will touch everything, and this will include even the most basic parts of life, including the clothes we wear and the food that we eat.

We simply don’t need all the things that we buy, eat or drink, and many of us already know and understand this. Whilst it may sound moralistic to say so, it is certainly no coincidence that as a population we are becoming so unhealthy when we are happy sleepwalking through life in the way that we do.

The good, wholesome, locally and ethically produced foods that we genuinely need to live and feed ourselves would not be expensive if we prioritised production using the most localised supply chains possible. It could mean the ingredients of the meals we eat have not travelled outside of our own County boundaries or been carried much further on their journey from farm to fork.

Some may snort at the mere suggestion of returning to a world where butchers, bakers and every kind of traditional village shop or business sell you the produce and goods that have come to them for preparation from local farms and producers.

But this is the way that the world we know will go if it is again to begin making any kind of sense, and we do not need the Government or ambitious Ministers attempting to open up trade flow to Countries that will undercut our own farmers and producers. Indeed, the Countries that Trade Ministers are now talking to should be actively and demonstratively encouraged to develop their own enhanced forms of productivity as we all work towards the level of national and localised self-sufficiency that the post-COVID World and the collapse of global Supply chains will soon demand.

In the simplest terms, the rise and threat of what has been called the ‘Indian variant’ of COVID demonstrates some of the starkest lessons of how this virus works. The ZERO COVID solution that this Government has tied itself to will at some point have to be flipped to become one that we learn to live with it and treat it the same as we do the Flu.

Whether we continue going forward under the premise that COVID control is the only priority or change and accept that there are other ways to live, we can no longer allow or encourage the mass movement of people or encourage unnecessary international supply chains just for the sake of making profit in any way.

Borders will literally have to become borders once again. No matter how much we might we deserve that foreign holiday, we are no longer living in a world where there will continue to be one rule for ‘wealthy’ countries and another for all those that the ignorant and greedy thumb their noses at and call poor.

Viruses and the impacts of ill-considered human behaviour do not recognise boundaries. They have consequences for us all.

For better or worse, COVID is a virus that is here to stay. Global eradication is not possible with the political mindset that the world currently has, and we will soon have no option but to learn and act upon the realities that the spread of a respiratory disease through an interconnected version of the World presents.

Meanwhile, the decision making and behaviours of politicians, banks ad big business as they have struggled to maintain control during the Covid Pandemic has led them to supercharge the growth of the many problems that greed and profiteering have created.

Going local, real localism and putting our communities at the forefront of everything we build our lives around will now become key to addressing the change that events will create and to become happy and content in ways that we have culturally long since forgot.

Farmers, producers and those who run and maintain very local services and cottage industry businesses are going to be key. Allowing any foreign country to undercut local production of any kind – no matter our historic ties – will quickly become one of the greatest acts of economic self-harm in the post-COVID world.

This is not about having a downer on Australia, New Zealand, Canada, the USA or any Country with which we might have once found it desirable to extend trade with. All Countries across the World are going to have to face up to the realities of the step away from globalisation to closed borders and what this really means for prioritising local production too.

Self-sufficiency for food and essential goods must become both a National and Government priority for the UK. Within this, we must look to promote and encourage everyone to shop and focus what they do and the lives they live locally in pretty much the complete opposite way that globalisation and the greed that underpins it has done.

Government must guide and support the development of truly local cooperatives. Legislators must embrace and utilise the freedom we have following our unshackling from the EU to legislate in ways that mean it is both practical and cost effective for every service that businesses require to produce and manufacture locally will not only exist but will thrive in such ways that lead to local products and services being made available to everyone at prices even the poorest in society can afford.

Local Enterprise Partnerships or alternative bodies like them should be used to join up the dots and encourage this growth locally.

Instead of encouraging agriculture and food production to become ever more focused on ‘cost effective’ production that means they increasingly only become viable with the economies of scale and size, our legislators must look at regulating and restricting all of the malign influences that take money out of the supply chain, thereby increasing end-user cost. They are currently adding no value, as part of an equation that increasingly leaves heathy food being a luxury that only the financially wealthy can afford.

Farm shops, farmers markets and the systems of local production that can and must feed into them must be the direction of travel. We must reject the reliance upon retail giants and a system where shareholders and financial speculators make ridiculous sums of money after the companies they ‘own’ can appear to move goods around the planet more cheaply than our own producers can make them. The practice where supermarket buyers crush any farmers ability to both supply them and remain profitable must come to its end.

British Farmers are some of the most innovative and entrepreneurial members of society that we have. There is little doubt that if we both embrace and support the role that they can and will willingly then take within a new and diversified platform for UK food growing and production, the true value to us all of the wider rural and agricultural sector and the community that underpins it will come into its own and be good for us all.

Bitcoin Crash: Currencies are nothing more than a medium of exchange and crashes are inevitable for as long as they are valued as anything else

Money and how it is used to calculate the value of wealth and even the worth of the people we interact with makes it one of the most destructive and dangerous components of contemporary life.

Without realising they are doing it many people look upon every facet of life and consider it in terms of its financial value, what it might cost, or what it would cost to have it themselves.

Very few od us follow the financial markets or observe the way that the economic system works – whether that be the ‘financial economy’ or the ‘real economy’ itself. But what may be one of the great mysteries of the world is the process that has led money and the possession of it to become the most important factor governing the way that we conduct our lives.

Just as many great ideas have the power to help and improve lives, the creation of money as a unit or medium of exchange passed its point of best use and was evolved or developed to become something that it should never have or was never intended to be.

Money was quite literally a practical way of making the exchange of goods or services work effectively when those engaged in that exchange didn’t necessarily want either the goods or the products or the services that the person they were exchanging with could immediately offer them in exchange for their own.

Money was literally a way of giving a universal value to anything that any person could provide so that they could exchange it for what they wanted from anyone else, and also became a way to transfer value or to exchange over great geographical distances.

Had the development of money stopped there or somewhere very similar, the World would now be and would behave very differently from the way that it does today. 

Money itself has never changed. But the way that money is perceived by people has.

Money is now treated as and believed by people to be a thing in its own right.

Yet nothing has changed. Money is still nothing other than the medium of a system to provide universal exchange for services and goods.

Yes, there will be plenty who read this blog who possess lots of money or the means to accumulate it who will read this and quickly conclude that what I’m saying is absolute rubbish.

Money is not real. But the belief that it is make the consequences and the impact of that belief real for all.

Decades of money creation and the use of economic theories and practises such as the FIAT system and the neoliberal push for ‘free markets’ that never look after the interests of others as they theoretically should, have led to the creation and development of the financial economy.

The financial economy is a theoretical system that has been made real by the belief placed in it. Because of the benefits that can be gained by those who ‘play’ it and propagate it, the financial economy has been prioritised and championed above the real economy. Whereas the real economy represents the real world of business and the exchange of labour and goods. The real economy is the basis upon which everything money or financially orientated should work.

Whilst an economist could easily draw up and describe the models of how the monetary, economic or financial system works so that it looks like and can be presented as being very real, money is literally being created out of thin air.

The anger with a self-serving system of this kind that is directly responsible for much of the inequality that exists around the World is palpable amongst all of those who understand and care about what is going on.

The anger against the system has led very intelligent people who are disenfranchised from the system, to search for, develop and launch what they present to us as alternative monetary systems that work fairly because the work in a different way,

Cryptocurrencies – of which bitcoin is probably the best known – are the result of this process.

The intrinsic problem that all cryptocurrencies currently have is that in the process of their creation, they have adopted the most fundamental flaw that all units of currency are currently built on: They are valued as something or a thing to be possessed that itself has value, when cryptocurrencies or currencies of any kind never have been and never will have genuine value of their own.

Yes, you can become financially rich by buying and then selling Bitcoin or any cryptocurrency that has been listed on an exchange. But the process that leads to gains or losses in cryptocurrency value are little more than luck. Buying and selling cryptocurrencies is not a science and any gains you make through a crypto transaction simply means it was just your time to experience a win. Much like spread betting or investing through hedge funds, investing in cryptocurrency is at best nothing more than making a bet. This is no way to run or influence a system that will affect everyone in the World.

The value of Bitcoin and all forms of currency is the belief that underpins them. Their value is directly related to the confidence that investors have to buy them. Nothing more. So, the moment that something shakes that belief, like Elon Musk floating a comment on social media about how Bitcoin mining isn’t very green – the value of this ‘currency’ begins a downward journey towards the floor. It is only then that you can really begin to recognise the true value of what currencies are worth in themselves. Currencies are worth nothing and no more.

Strange as it may sound, this blog is not an argument against the use of cryptocurrencies. There is no question that money and currency use and the legal and ethical value set that underpins their use must be improved as we head deeper into the 21st century and increasingly use the technology that we have available.

A problem for us all is that the entire monetary system is itself flawed but is being deliberately manipulated by people who understand the system well and continue to engage in dangerous practises without any consideration for the consequences and impact upon others. We need comprehensive change.

Because it is legal or the law allows those employed in financial services and in the banking sector to engage in the practices they have been for many years if not decades before, it does not necessarily make what they do morally or ethically right.

For anyone who has spent time studying law or the way that government works, they will soon realise and understand that the law has a habit of being very late to the party. On its route to get there it is often distracted by self interest or the interest of those with influence.

This manipulation of the deck is something that we can no longer afford if we are to all live in a world which is fair and driven to ensure that the poorest members of society can sustain themselves and that a basic self-sufficient life is something that everyone can easily and comfortably afford.

A New Party for All

May 16, 2021 12 comments

This is going to seem like one of the most counter intuitive things to talk about right now given the results of last weeks Local Elections and the By Election in Hartlepool.

But the UK is heading for a defining moment and we need a new approach to running government that can only be provided by a new political movement or party. One that will be A New Party for All.

No, it isn’t an easy thing to do.  New political parties are not easy to create.

The graveyard of politics is filled to overflowing with the efforts of individuals and groups who set off with the optimistic aim of establishing new political parties that would change everything without changing a single thing.

The common ground between them was that they were motivated by ideas or very focused versions of those ideas that we all have all experienced, seen and heard before.

Why don’t new parties work quickly – as good ideas should?

The biggest elephant in the political room is the idea held by many a new entrant to politics upon which they believe they can do something or the same things better, simply because they have been done very badly by others before.

The truth is that people or voters will only be inspired and encouraged to buy into ‘change’ by a movement or new way of doing things that not only provides an alternative to what they already have available to them. It must represent a credible way of doing things that has never knowingly or consciously been done before.

So why A New Party for All right now? Hasn’t it already just been done?

Unless you are already a Conservative politician who believes that your shit really does smell sweeter than anybody else’s, the electoral success of the Tory Party is surface deep, unexplainable and transitory at best.

Deep down, you know that something with British Politics is fundamentally wrong.

Under Boris Johnson, the Conservative Party has become successful by morphing itself into any mould or shape which is representative of current media and populist calls. Shapeshifting has become synonymous with the term ‘to lead’.

The Conservatives have quite literally stolen the ground from under the feet of Brexiteers and left-wing progressives by becoming caricatures of everything that is Brexit and everything that is socialism, whilst glossing over the uncomfortable truths and the bits they don’t like.

Meanwhile they have no grounding in true representation and have retained their power by developing a framework of policies which are hollow and have no substance contained within them.

People are voting Conservative because there is no alternative

Whilst it may be considered a cliche, the idea that we have more in common with each other than what we have that divides us is very true.

Building upon what we all have in common should form the basis of how we do politics in the UK, allowing us to move on from the tribal alliances and prejudices of the past that are still doing so much damage today.

The problem is that like many terms that have entered common parlance, this principle has been stolen and remoulded for selfish purposes by the woke and politically correct. It has become their way of saying self-righteously to others, ‘what I believe is right and what we have in common; what you believe is the difference and is what drives us apart’.

I’m sure you will agree that this is a very strange and dangerous way for anyone or anything to work – and particularly so in politics, where consideration of what is good and right for everyone should be the basis of any policy or cause.

Reality always bites when we believe the world should behave and think the same as we do

What we have seen in recent months in the lead up to the Local Elections, is the establishment of a range of new movements and political parties, all sold to us as being something different with the ability to work and make a difference, simply because they are a different choice, when in reality they are not.

For example, there’s the Reclaim Party, established by actor Laurence Fox, overtly created to deal with issues like the assault on freedom of speech. The arrival of Reclaim may have been well intentioned. but Laurence’s approach to politics is based on ideas, thoughts and philosophies that are his own. All he has really sought to do is receive the endorsement of others, rather than establishing a vehicle that might have reached out to engage and evolve the views of many others – rather than those of just one.

There is nothing universal in Laurence Fox’s approach or within his policies that can be applied to or interpreted as being inclusive and being there to represent and champion policy for the benefit of all. But Laurence is not alone. He has done nothing wrong and many others have failed by doing exactly the same.

Likewise, the rebranding of the Brexit party to become Reform UK has given witness to a serious failure to launch. Richard Tice focused on selling Reform as something completely different to The Brexit Party, when the reality is that this simply rebranded one-aim vehicle has already been successful at all that it set out to achieve.

It may not have been the Brexit party that existed when the anti-EU movement began. But it was through three decades and the various evolutions that were the Anti-Federalist League, UKIP and then the Brexit Party, that the anti-European Union movement delivered upon the very purpose for which it was established. It then instantaneously lost its value as a collective, as it had been assembled to fight for nothing more than a very specific, mutually aligned cause.

People want change. They are not stupid. They can see, understand or recognise at a visceral level when something old has been rewrapped and presented to them as change.

Making a choice today, so that we can experience something better tomorrow for all

Many people now feel and understand that there is a need for significant political change. But the technical understanding of how the British political system works only comes from objective experience or very careful observation.

This means that many of the people vocally looking for change today and believe that the ideas they have are unquestionably right or justified – such as the arguments against lockdowns – should make immediate sense to everybody else in the same way that it does to themselves.

Accompanying this genuine misunderstanding is the belief that change should be easy if not already be well in hand, given how justified they believe their cause to be.

The reality that nothing has or is seen to be changing leads to great frustration, or what looks very much to others like madness on the part of those making demands through social media and the platforms they have, upon a system that doesn’t behave in anything like the way that it should.

This is not the way that British politics works

For there to be an alternative to the Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat and other political parties that are currently represented in the Westminster Parliament or are trying to get there, it is up to the British people to create and be the alternative themselves.

Being the alternative at the next General Election is the only way that this self-serving, out-of-touch and unrepresentative political culture will be replaced with one that is truly representative of all people and genuine public need. One that is ready to get to work once the Election has been won.

We may be only two years or less away from the next General Election. Rumours are circulating that the Government decision to begin working towards the removal of the Fixed Term Parliament Act will now lead to a General Election in May 2023, whilst the Conservatives are ‘riding high’.

Anyone seeking or believing in the value or real change should take this possibility very seriously right now. As without the creation of an alternative that people can vote for, things will always seem to appear different, but will stay exactly the same as they already are.

The stepping off point. Where we are today

The problem we face, is many of the people who have public profiles and with it the platform to give us a real voice against the form of Government we have and the actions that these politicians are taking are also the least prepared for what we need to do next.

They are not open to the ideas and ways of thinking available that would form the basis of the alternative way of doing government that this Country now needs, and the process that will get us there, from the point at which we stand right now.

Rebranding or repackaging the kind of politics that we already have simply will not work. Neither will expecting the current crop of politicians to adopt a different way of working that runs contrary to everything they believe and risks them losing seats across the Country. All when they genuinely believe these ‘democratic’ seats are theirs and theirs alone to own.

Opening the door

Instead of standing on the soap box of social media and grandstanding with speeches about how only their own ideas are suitable to answer to the problems that all of us have, the new political class that we need leading us must focus on being the means that will not only allow but facilitate the germination of grassroots ideas and policies generated from our communities up.

They will fully consider the needs and desires of all to genuinely and reliably inform the changes in public policy that this Country needs and then create the policies that will lead and inspire us all to achieve and experience it first-hand.

Policies MUST reflect the different attitudes, approaches and perceptions of people of all backgrounds and all ages, yet be driven by an openly communicated and therefore shared understanding that how things should be can never be delivered without accepting, working with and always using the foundation of how things really are.

This is no mean feat. But it does represent a process and direction of travel and embraces a future that is based on always doing the right thing.

That itself will fuel the creation and evolution of a movement for change which has the power to grow exponentially and within this very tight time window – once it has successfully begun.

The part you can play: Are you ready to be the change?

The funny thing is that many will read this blog. They will relate to the content and even agree. But the general response will be ‘This is for someone else to do – not me’.

The thing is, it isn’t. Changing politics for the better and getting people elected who not only can but will take the decisions that will work for everyone and not just benefit the same old few isn’t something that we can outsource by default and place in other people’s hands. It is because we have been doing this for so long already that politicians and the political parties they represent today are the way that they are.

Please don’t fall into the perpetual trap of judging what we can do with our future by looking at how things are done now or rather how they have been done in the past.

The situation in the UK might look ok today at first glance. But there are countless problems being stored up for us all, from the consequences of the lack of foresight that led to lockdowns, how the support for those unable to work or run their businesses during lockdowns was not applied equitably and the gargantuan debt spiral the government has created, to the problems with the way money and the economy works, housing and how policy is driven by idealism rather than any practical relationship with the experience of others.

Your voice matters. It may not feel like your voice matters, but it always has

The impact and consequences of Covid, the way the World and International community has handled it and the need for a very practical approach to green issues and the environmental problem are going to make the future success of the UK dependent upon us focusing on localism and our communities to be the change in just about every day-to-day way.

We can no longer afford to have government run by glory seekers.

Government and the political system that is the means to provide it must be led and managed by people who know and are prepared to do what it takes to get everything done.

The political journey to government solutions at all levels must engage and involve everyone – if they so choose – in some way.

Let’s begin the conversation

This is not the first time that I have written and published about the need for change and the realities that surround the creation and development of a new political party. It is however the first time that I have done so with the concern that led to it feeling tangible in a way that it hasn’t before, simply because events both in the UK and across the World suggest that the rich mixture and chain of poor decision after poor decision made by our politicians will soon create a situation with a narrative that they can no longer use manipulation and dark arts like behavioural economics to control.

I am writing this as a former Conservative politician and local authority officer who has experienced the way that government and politics works from both sides of the fence.

I do not pretend to have all the policies or answers to the real problems that we face. But I do understand how politics and the nature of the people within it work. I have written a book called How to get Elected which is FREE to read as a blog or alternatively can be purchased for £1.99 as a Kindle download.

Anyone can start a new political party, and many have tried. Nobody has yet been motivated to genuinely try creating and establishing A New Party for All.

Who does this or who succeeds at establishing A New Party for All is not the important thing.

The important thing is that it happens and that it develops in the inclusive way that it should do so, right from the start.

It is vital that we have a credible alternative to the political parties that we have already got when the next General Election comes.

This post is available on my Blog, on its own Twitter Account @ANewPartyForAll and on its own Facebook Page @ANewPartyForAll.

If you are motivated to be the change and accept that this can only be successful if we work together and respect and value the input of all others, why not ask any questions that you might have. Feel free to comment too. But please understand that any input that reflects anger with others or intolerance of any kind will be viewed appropriately – i.e., it simply doesn’t count!

Best wishes to you all, whoever you are and whatever your former cause.

Using Planning Reform to make it even easier to build houses is the obvious solution for a political class that always takes the easy option without view of the consequences first

Politicians are no longer big enough to tackle or even attempt to address issues that they cannot be sure they can control. It is a fool’s game.

Government has been blighted by very normal, overly ambitious people styling themselves as public leaders, whose greatest skill is sniffing out and repelling any meaningful response to the issues and actions that carry the greatest risk to themselves.

The irony should not be lost on many, that if governments were to apply themselves fully and without compromise to addressing the issues of their time and without fear of any electoral risk to them by doing so, they would have done all they need to get re-elected with a decent majority at the end of their 5-year-term.

Regrettably – and to the continued cost of the British Public, this is not how our politicians roll.

Our politicians take the easy and politically lazy route to managing public policy. They deal with issues in isolation, giving little or no consideration to the impact upon other areas of public policy. They focus on the consequences of their actions only for themselves when they should be prioritising the consequences for us all.

The suggestion that using Planning Reform to make it easier to build houses will solve the housing crisis is nothing more than the siren call of greed. A call to action that will line the pockets of the same financiers, builders and political chums as always, whilst people whose lives are being increasingly destroyed by the exponential growth of personal and private debt also see countless other factors that give quality to their lives smashed unnecessarily upon these hidden rocks.

No human being can be in two places at once. Therefore, no human being needs two places in which to live.

Just as is the case in every other part of life, there is ‘enough for everyone’s need, but never enough for everyone’s greed’.

Money, created by a monetary and financial system that is only fair and equitable to those who have no need for any more of it, should not enable anyone to obtain more than they need to facilitate anything more than the requirements of day-to-day function or living. Certainly not when doing so comes at the cost of preventing others with less from having the same.

With a growing population, there will always be a relative need for the country to build new homes. But increasing home building exponentially, just so the whims of some can be met and the profiteering and greed of others can be fed is no solution to a problem that can be solved politically with better, more appropriate and fairer use of resources that already exist.

You never see house prices fall in the area where a new development is built. But you do see problems with flooding. You see the negative impact on infrastructure like roads, schools and GPs Surgeries.

Excessive building leads to a fall in the quality of life for countless numbers of people, many of them everyday, low-wage people who grew up locally. Real people who are being pushed out by deliberately engineered inflation meaning that the new houses the government and media tells us are being built to help them will continue to be the prized lifetime asset they will never be able to afford.

Whilst the term ‘Reset’ or ‘Great Reset’ has been adopted by both the World Economic Forum and by those who love to hate them, there is indeed no better term that can be used to describe what needs to happen to the UKs and the International Monetary and Financial systems so that life and the ability of everyone to live it becomes something that we all can financially afford.

The disproportionate value of homes, relative to what they are genuinely worth could quickly be addressed to a significant degree by a revaluation and rebalancing of the way money is used and manipulated and how the economy works.

But money itself has to be viewed as nothing more than the unit of exchange that it is, rather than the god-like ‘thing’ that greed and selfishness has allowed it to become.

There are already a range of devices that the Government could use to address second and multiple home ownership. This would immediately improve housing stock availability and remove the need for housebuilding to increase or to continue in the forms that are destroying local communities and the environments around them – when there already exists a much more appropriate choice.

Yet our politicians will not use taxation or bans on multiple home ownership, because it would mean wading through a political minefield that they consider too risky to their chances of re-election. They are therefore deemed to be actions that they must do everything to avoid.

By making public policy decisions in this way, our politicians are failing to do the right thing for the people they represent. Meanwhile they are continually creating more and more troublesome consequences for everyone, which they will then once again do everything to avoid.

This lack of leadership in government and the rejection of responsibility by this political class means that the basics of life for many are simply too expensive to afford.

Social Care Reform: Damn-the-consequences, easy options don’t exist like they did for Covid. It will take a very different kind of politician to accept and see the complex solutions through

May 14, 2021 1 comment

The god-like status that government deliberately engineered for the NHS and its frontline workers to silence, then de-popularise one set of problems that Lockdowns created, served only to create many more. Just one of them is the further complication of issues surrounding Social Care Reform that will make even the wisest politician think twice before embracing it as a necessary cause.

Just yesterday, the front pages of newspapers carried headlines telling us that while politicians have blustered, lack of action to address the Social Care problem has already cost individuals and families some £14 Billion to support our elderly. Meanwhile it has long been accepted that with the exception of cases where people could afford to do otherwise, the public sector should make provision and cover the cost.

It is important to recognise the creation of the cult-like status of the NHS within this debate. Dua Lipa’s intervention at the Brits earlier this week aside, the way that healthcare professionals are paid and the service they provide is managed and funded is no small part of the problem that makes up the Social Care question.

Until those that lead us are prepared to face up to both the complexity and counter-popularity that a range of very significant issues wrapped up in the way that care for the elderly is paid for and managed, the only solution on the table will continue to be the fire-hosing of public cash at a black hole. This comes at a time when both the British and the World Economies are moving perilously close to crashing over the edge – despite Establishment statements suggesting that we are about to experience the most rapid period of growth since the end of World War 2.

The word-twisting that has become today’s cultural norm has enabled many left-wing and labour progressives to argue that the problems facing the NHS are merely about privatisation. But it has allowed them to deviate away from using the other side of their forked tongues to acknowledge the role of employment rights and incendiary threat of industrial action that has made the private-sector provision of so many of the staff that allow the NHS to function such an easy, popular, yet very expensive way to prevent our prized health service from otherwise closing its doors.

It is the protectionist culture that exists at the very heart of all parts of government and the public sector that has led to the creation of a complex and disparate system of diversified responsibilities for the key area of healthcare for old age. It sees hospitals burdened by bed-blocking, whilst local authority based social services glare at the seemingly ever-smaller size of their budgets and work on the basis that they simply have no choice.

This itself Is just the tip of a very large iceberg, looming large across the depths of public policy, whilst reaching out in many different directions like an octopus, giving self-focused and fearful politicians excuse after excuse and reason after reason to believe that if they want to remain an electoral force, all these issues can be talked about, but never actually touched.

The Social Care problem will not be solved until it is something that government can afford.

The government cannot afford the Social Care bill without there being top-to-bottom NHS and public sector reform.

There will not be top-to-bottom NHS and public sector reform until employment rights, union influence and policy governing the terms of private contract services and supplies for public services have been unpicked and appropriately revised.

Employment rights, union influence and policy governing the terms of private contract services and supplies for public services will not be unpicked and appropriately revised until politicians focus on carrying out their responsibilities instead of keeping their jobs – no matter the cost.

Politicians will focus on keeping their jobs without care for the cost for as long as they believe that dealing with complex problems like Social Care is something they can avoid.

We will not have politicians or leaders in government who see the issues otherwise until events force the issues or better still, we have proper political reform.

There simply is no quick fix. The nebulous Social Care problem has been created because successive governments and generations of politicians have continually sought to take the easy way out.

Politicians have been and continue to be motivated only by vote-winning policy making whilst they avoiding facing off the different forms of self-interest that are ever present in these issues that should always be addressed honestly and in the way that considers the wider consequences and what’s best for everyone – as public policy always should.

For as long as Sturgeon frames the agenda as Independence alone, London can only dictate the terms of Scotland’s return

I believe in the Union and the United Kingdom. But even I have found myself questioning just how long the Westminster Government can resist the call of the Scottish National Party for Indyref 2 or a second Independence Referendum.

Yes. The English media spoon feed us the stories that make us love to hate Nicola Sturgeon and everything about the Party she leads. And if you should ever find 40 minutes to watch Prime Ministers Questions on a Wednesday Lunchtime, you will quickly experience how the SNP’s Westminster Leader Ian Blackford uses PMQ’s as nothing more than a weekly opportunity to get his face on camera to perform.

However. Like it or not, Sturgeon and her Westminster proxy are no different to any of the other politicians that we currently have leading us from Westminster. They are out for themselves and will do whatever it takes – often shamelessly – to further their own interests and ideas. Meanwhile, they tell everyone that they respect democracy and that doing what’s best for the people is their one and only cause.

OK. There are perhaps a few exceptions. But if so, they are incredibly rare.

Truly representative politics has not existed in the UK for a very long time – if it ever genuinely has.

The twist to this story is that Sturgeon may indeed be one of the most shrewd and adroit politicians of the current age. The SNP Leader may not use her skills for the right reasons. But she does a very good job of making the politicians who lead us look today like the wet-behind-the-ears students that so many historical pictures of them already portray.

The SNP Leader’s ability to turn any political situation or event into an excuse to call for another referendum on Scottish independence is phenomenal, if not an art in its own right. But the painful reality is that things should and could have never been this way – especially so, had localism and handing back power to local communities really been at the core of Devolution’s hollow heart.

The realities underpinning continued membership of the EU have been crudely exposed by the agility of post-Brexit UK Government to secure COVID Vaccinations, whilst the EU has suffered an exquisite failure to launch. Meanwhile, the destruction caused by devolution was itself the bastard child of the European monolith, simply repackaged and sold by Blair and New Labour as part of their unbridled ambition to win favour in Brussels and surrender to the assault of further integration of the UK, regardless of the real cost.

Indeed, the irony of Labour losing political control of Scotland both in Edinburgh and Westminster would be truly delicious, would it not have been for the harsh, stone cold reality that one group of inept and self-serving politicians had weaponised another to leverage power away from their own seat of power using the very same motives as their own, whilst the cost to voters and their communities continued to grow exponentially higher all of the time.

Devolution in the hands of Labour or the Conservatives has and never was about localism, bringing back or decentralising power to the people and the communities in which they live.

Had it been so, the platform of Nationalist debate in Wales, Scotland and to a different degree Northern Ireland would not have existed as it does today in any way – simply because power and decision making it facilitates would be undertaken as close to the people these choices effect as possible. That’s the place where power has always legitimately belonged, giving the real lie to everything upon which the SNPs policy of pursuing independence is formed.

It is troubling to say that the damage to the Union may already be irreparably done. For as long as Nicola sturgeon continues to frame the agenda of political debate and public interest in Scotland around Independence, this direction of travel is only going to lead to and end up with one thing and nothing more.

Yes, there is much excitement over the government now telling sturgeon ‘NO’, emboldened as they have been by the rise of a deceptively blue wall. However, the chances are that this will never be enough. And whilst we continue to have a political class that prizes the centralisation of power using pyrrhic political devices such as the creation of Metro Mayors and Police and Crime Commissioners to suggest otherwise, the power, control and level of responsibility that could and should be devolved will never be handed back to the tiers of government that already existed before the devolution shenanigans began.

The excuse that all priorities focus on our exit from the pandemic will soon wear thin with the Scottish Electorate. The call of Indyref2 will become irresistible, and especially so once the painful consequences of such excessive and profligate public spending used to underpin the flawed lockdown policies of the Westminster Government begin to become evident. The SNP will simply sell this as a London-based ‘English’ problem and not one of their own.

The debate over another Scottish referendum and Scottish Independence has to all intents and purposes already been won – aided by the ineptitude of successive Westminster Governments who like the SNP want everything to run their own way and have no time for any cause other than their own.

The self-wounding that Blair inflicted upon the Union on behalf of the EU has been allowed to fester for so long that amputation may be the counterintuitive key to reestablishing and then developing a healthy democratic relationship between london and all regions of the UK in the longer term.

The only question that London can ask about its relationship with Scotland, whilst Sturgeon continues to frame the debate, is under what terms the exiled Scots will be allowed and encouraged to return, once the SNPs destructive dalliance with power and their misuse of responsibility has hurt the very people they lead enough for more caring minds to finally reject their dangerous brand of Nationalism and seek Scotland’s Union return.

The new Pub rules scapegoat the Licensed Trade in an abuse of existing powers resembling the actions of a police state

April 8, 2021 2 comments

As we begin to stare Monday and the reopening of pubs and licensed premises in the face, the imbalance and general lack of fairness that the Government has applied to managing the Lockdowns is beginning to look even more sinister than it ever did before.

The way that pubs and the licensed trade have been singled out and placed right at the top of the scale of unfairness is quickly becoming a scandal. One that only fails to shock as it should because the whole Government narrative of control through fear is beginning to look completely perverse.

Not satisfied with the social distancing measures that accompanied the reopening of Pubs last summer that made many great locals feel sterile, uncomfortable and out-of-touch, the Government is now intent on ratcheting down the Pub rules even further.

They are piling on the risk of closure for countless pubs and community hubs that had already been at risk well before Covid arrived, due to the way that legislation had pushed hundreds and thousands of pub properties once owned by breweries into the hands of property speculators or ‘pubco’s’. ‘Money men’ obsessed with draining every penny of profit from bub businesses, causing countless bankruptcies and closures along the way.

However, what is about to be imposed in the coming days as part of these supposed Lockdown-loosening measures is enough to make anyone wonder if there is some kind of agenda at work, aimed at destroying what remains of the industry once and for all.

It began with the dubious requirement that has meant every pub business with outside space available and therefore able to open next week must hire marquees for what may become many months ahead. Yet there is no practical, real-world explanation telling anyone why the environment inside a temporary indoor space is safer than one that is in fact permanent.

Then it progressed to all payments having to be taken outside, when a substantial number of the pubs that can open next week don’t have payment systems that can be used or can actually function outside of the premises they are in. Let’s not forget that this news emerged yesterday, some 5 days before reopening, when there simply isn’t time to install new equipment – if it would be possible for it to work. And that’s before consideration is given to the additional cost.

Last there is what some will see as the final nail in the coffin. The requirement for customers to download and use the NHS Track & Trace app to log in at pubs at the time their visit began.

Of all the new measures, the requirement for customers to use the NHS App is the most questionable. Not least of all because the same requirement will not apply in many other settings such as supermarkets and DIY stores where anyone visiting in recent days will tell you that they have become far more crowded and create close-contact of a kind that you are unlikely to see even at 11pm at the local pub.

It is clear that pubs and licensed premises are being singled out. Pubs and restaurants are now being used in a blatant attempt to coerce everyone into signing up to and using an information gathering and monitoring system that in this basic form constitutes abuse. One that when accepted or imposed in other sectors and in other forms could easily become permanent and used for much worse.

So why is the licensed trade being hit so hard when other sectors selling direct to the public seem to be having it so much easier?

Each and every local authority that we pay our Council Tax to has a Licensing Department. District Level Authorities (Borough & Unitary too) double up as your Local Licensing Authority. They all have a team of Licensing Officers and Legal Advisors already providing a localised regulatory service that monitors and enforces Licensing Law not only for pubs and the licensed trade, but for taxis, gambling, sex shops and scrap metal dealers too.

So the apparatus and infrastructure already exists to police pubs and the licensed trade in a way that no other commercial, publicly facing business can be monitored and policed.

The Government knows this. It is deliberately abusing the power that it has available to control people wherever and however it can. We should be grateful that the Government doesn’t currently have access to the same functionality within the public sector to police other businesses and sectors – or on experience to date, you can be sure that it would be doing so.

Good leadership isn’t using the power available to you because you can. Good leadership is using restraint and doing the right thing for everyone when it appears to be the more challenging pathway to take – even when it appears there is a much easier way.

One of the greatest problems that this Country now faces is the diminishing levels of humanity and understanding that exist between people. Historically, we have learned and become adept at understanding others through the interactions that happen face-to-face within our communities.

Greed on the part of the few had already meant that many local pubs where locality and localism could reign were at risk. Now the Government wants to pursue policies that will finish them off so that it can bluff its way to the end of the Covid pandemic and to the next General Election, and somehow convince everyone else that this Conservative Government has been good for us and that it truly deserves to win.

Whilst many will refuse or will find themselves unable to believe it, we are in the position that we are today – 12 months on since the first Lockdown began, facing the things that we are, simply because stupidity in Government has been allowed to rule the day. It has been fuelled by the fear of those leading us and an obsession with saving their own necks – no matter the cost to everyone else.

The Government cannot see the damage that it is doing and how far reaching it will become. Yet we cannot get rid of them before the next general election.

By then, for pubs, the licensed trade and whatever follows next in their dangerous and disproportionate abuse of power – the damage will have already been done.

The Free School Meals and Child Food Poverty fiasco: Too much is being taken from too many – not because it’s right – but because those profiteering from misery are allowed by our Politicians to do so

January 15, 2021 Leave a comment

It was too easy for politicians to initially dismiss the absence of food of an appropriate quality in the lunch packs that have been distributed to parents during the Lockdown in lieu of free school meals.

Excuses such as ‘this is the best that the contractors can do on a budget of £30 per child in these circumstances’ are not the words of people who care for others and about the impact of the responsibilities they have.

Such arguments underline just how out of touch the political classes are, in one sense with the experiences of the life that so many people lead. In the other, how private contractors who have been commissioned to provide a service to the public are wilfully stripping the value out of everything that they provide, doing so because their master is profit rather than the welfare and benefit of the people for which their services and products have been employed.

The horrific truth is that the Free School Meals story is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to questions over how and why services to the public are provided as they are.

Child Food Poverty is an issue that uncomfortably sits in just a small part of the spectrum of issues stretching from poor service provision and our negative experience of the public sector at one end to the tragedies like Grenfell that exist at the other.

And it doesn’t end there.

The institutional malaise which enables this ‘let’s take whatever we can or add more because we can’ culture stretches out across the commercial sector too.

This rot is a feature that is now an intrinsic part of supply chains and the provision of all the services and products that we buy, particularly when we cannot see what hands have handled the products being used or that we buy before they reached us.

It is because greed has been allowed to inflate prices and reduce content of the products and services that we buy, that the real rise in the cost of living goes up exponentially. Meanwhile our politicians’ thumb through the statistics they rely on – rather than the genuine experience of life they should, and use them as the basis to deny what is really going on for the people they were elected and trusted to represent.

COVID-19 is no excuse. Lockdowns and Social Distancing are just another example of mismanagement and mishandling by people elected to represent the public who should simply know, behave and represent others much better than they do or have ever really intended to.

The people elected to govern us do not understand the realities of life.

The ruling Conservative Party today governs on the premise that unemployment is the same thing as poverty.

This goes a good way to explaining the very questionable financial strategy that has underpinned the Chancellors decision to use public money to keep people furloughed in jobs that Boris Johnson’s Lockdown has long since ensured no longer exist.

Sadly, and very regrettably, the work that Marcus Rashford and his supporters are doing and the outcome from the influence that they are having is but a very small drop within an ocean of problems that normal people are facing each and every day. Any fix or isolated change in legislation that comes as a result will be no better than a temporary fix because politicians do not understand and do not want to understand the consequences and impact of what they do.

People need food for themselves and their children. They need it now and for as long as they cannot put food on plates at each and every mealtime.

This situation simply shouldn’t exist. Footballers and Food Banks should never have to intervene to support not only those on benefits, but people who have jobs but find that food is a luxury that they simply cannot afford.

There is a tragic irony in Free School Meals contractors skimming every penny they think they can off the top of food parcels because they thought nobody will notice or care. It demonstrates the very same mentality that exists across all forms of business and public service which has grown exponentially with the switch to business being undertaken online.

Excess profiteering and outright greed is making life avoidably challenging even for the middle classes and self-sufficiency and financial independence is a basic human right that the poorest members of society simply cannot afford.

The people who sit at the fat, bloated end of the money system and the perverse pyramid structure that supports it do not need anywhere near the money or material wealth that they already possess in order to have very good standards of living and materially-rich lives.

The cash and property hoarding that they continue with at pace is causing mayhem for everyone else at the levels of that pyramid below them, making the money that does still exist at the bottom rapidly lose value whilst they can only continue to gain.

Until government stops what those either controlling money or manipulating it are doing by reintroducing appropriate financial regulation, morality and ethics into the money and financial system to stop profligate profiteering and plundering of everything that these greedy people touch, the basic or humane standard of living that most people would be happy and content with – that excludes the need for debt, borrowing or seeking the support from charities or others, will simply be a standard of living that is too expensive for increasing numbers of normal working people to afford.

Every person who works in a full-time job should be able to provide themselves and those they are responsible for with a home, power and warmth, communication, clothing, transport and entertainment, along with everything necessary that would allow anyone to function and contribute to positively to society in a fully independent and self-sufficient way.

Those who require support from the state because they are unemployed or unable to work should receive support equal to the same with the only caveat being that appropriate steps and conditions should be applied to ensure that nobody can enjoy that basic standard of living as a preferred or indefinite choice.

This outcome or solution is one that should be realistic. Yet it is not, simply because the way the value of goods, services and property are today being mismanaged deliberately for profit and prices have been pushed up and inflated to levels which far exceed their real value and to the point where basic and personal independence or financial sustainability is something that too many have no way to afford.

The political class – that’s all Political Parties that currently control Westminster – are themselves a significant part of the problem, simply because they function to pursue and represent their own ideas and ways of thinking. It is an approach that does not understand or accommodate the life experience of others and is set up to further interests only that align with their own.

Categories: Uncategorized

Did China give us COVID-19 knowing it was no worse than severe flu; confident of exactly what weak-minded Governments in the West would inevitably do?

January 6, 2021 2 comments

Much earlier in the Pandemic, I wrote about the stupidity of trying to pin the blame for Coronavirus on China. I said that chasing reparations of any kind would never do anyone any good, and that the best value that the West could take away from the experience would be to conclude that the Chinese Government could not be trusted and we should not do or encourage business with them of any kind.

I have never bought into the establishment narrative of what Covid is and how it should have or now should be addressed, but I wrote this giving a nod to the possibility that the Virus could be different and significantly more severe than the ‘normal’ respiratory infections that we see each and every year.

What became clear very quickly is there is very little technical and statistical difference between the genuine impact of this respiratory infection and any severe seasonal flu, other than the classification and virus type itself. It is the way that it has and continues to be interpreted, translated and communicated that is key.

Uncomfortable though the truth may be, the only difference between Covid and a flu outbreak that we would experience in any year is the way it has been handled. COVID -19 has been publicised and pursued with the fears of weak- minded politicians and civil servants being dressed up and sold to us in a wholly indoctrinating, if not brain-washing form.

We live with threats that are much worse and much likelier to kill or even affect us in some way. We actively and willingly embrace many of them each and every day. But those threats are presented to us logically, without emotion and in ways that make sense of the level of risk in terms of what it takes for us to live and experience a ‘normal’ functioning life, accepting that there is an accompanying level of risk to us in virtually everything that we do. We drive or ride in cars, travel on planes and undertake jobs that make us vulnerable because that’s the only way the we get things done.

Stand back and view the Government response and reaction to Coronavirus objectively and in the sense that it could have been framed differently as something we would simply have to live with rather than than simply allowing it to dictate life.

You can perhaps then see how a real understanding of how the western mindset works could be weaponised against us or our political leadership, if it was played out and utilised against us and our leaders in precisely the right way.

This is where the real story of what China has done and why it has done it could begin.

It is difficult not to admire and have a very begrudging respect for the ruthless nature and strategic approach employed by the Chinese.

We have only recently been made very well aware of how they have embedded people who are friendly to their cause right across industry, academia and government, and the lessons that our Australian friends and cousins are now exposing through Chinese material interests in their Country point to a growing threat to western culture, business and freedom itself. All of it being levelled at us from the starting point of being an enemy already present within as we sleepwalk with the believe that Chinese money has a different value and is created differently to our own.

The Chinese have historically valued knowledge and respect the power that it gives them. It is therefore no great stretch of the imagination to be able to see and understand that they have been carefully observing our culture and our behaviours for a very long time. The Chinese have become very well aware of our weaknesses.

Our cultural susceptibility to manipulation using mass propaganda has been exposed along with how inept, self-serving and out of touch our political and government leadership has become.

The Chinese have been aware of the opportunity to destroy the West from within using the fat, entitled hierarchical structures that rule the entitled, take-everything-for-granted mentality of the West for a very long time.

With confidence in the knowledge and understanding that the Chinese have, it is far from impossible that they would see the overreaction of Western political leadership to a viral epidemic as the best opportunity to overtake the West without going to the lengths of having to engage in military conflict.

Yes, it all sounds far fetched. But the interest the Chinese have in its relationship with the West is in control and gaining that control in whatever way necessary to get the job done.

With their own people it’s easy for the Chinese Communist Government to inflict the authoritarian view. But without literally invading and taking over countries by using physical force, with consequences for their own Country that could easily destroy them, by far most sensible route to destabilise the countries that stand against them is to use the weaknesses of those countries to attack them from within.

In truth, we may never know the answer to the question of how or indeed why the COVID-19 pandemic began. It is not in the interests of the Chinese to provide Western Governments with any form of help that might prove to shine any spotlight on the truth of what really happened.

What we should keep in mind however, is that no country inclined to use aggressive force against others for the purpose of gaining control is likely to weoponise anything that it couldn’t either control or understand to be harmless to the people it considers to be a beneficial use.

Wuhan in China is now back to operating as if the outbreak from within its boundaries simply didn’t exist.

Today we should be asking ourselves who has most to gain from the deference paid to neoliberalism and the global economy if weak minded Western leaders come out the other side of this Pandemic and behave like nothing has changed and everything remains the same?

The Covid Crimes Tribunal is a very dangerous idea. One that could lead to a new Great Terror for the UK before our transition to the post-Covid age

December 30, 2020 Leave a comment

There is no joy in watching people whose views and actions you otherwise respect getting so bogged down in the detail of everything that frustrates them about this Covid-19 age, that they have become obsessed with ideas of conspiracy theories. It is truly disconcerting to see great people reduced to eulogising the idea of a grand plan underpinning the pandemic itself, and the arrival of some new world order designed and set-in motion by a high-level intergovernmental networker based in Geneva.

This downward spiral or process that has hidden the legitimacy of the antilockdown platform has been underway for many months. Until now, the most concerning milestone was the backing and involvement of David Icke. But that concern has progressed to full red-flag danger now that there is talk of a Covid Crimes Tribunal being set up to prosecute those responsible for making the decisions affecting us all since the Coronavirus Pandemic began.

With so much media coverage being expended on the Brexit deal and the roll out of the COVID-19 Vaccine, you could be forgiven for simply overlooking everything else. It would be very easy to fall into the open elephant trap of believing that these are now the only stories in town.

Very regrettably, they are not. And whilst it seems extremely hard to believe that anything worse than the cycles of lockdowns and going through Tiers could be coming our way, the personal and real-life impact of an ongoing chain of poor, non-consequential decision making and choices made for the sake of political expediency on the part of people who should know a lot better, have been hurting – and yes, even killing people since the very early days of when this horrific chapter began.

It is certainly true that there is no excuse for what the Government and their advisors have done.

There was another way. A way that would have avoided the destruction of the UK Economy, the business closures, the job losses, the mental health issues, the domestic violence and the suicides to name but just a few of the consequences of the decisions taken and what these people have done.

Indeed, if the media were to give as much time and coverage to the real-life stories of destruction caused by the Lockdown and Social Distancing measures, then those still supporting Lockdowns would surely gain a real perspective of the cost of overreacting to a virus that has an impact arguably no worse than a very virulent strain of flu. This real news would surely snap the greater majority of people out of the idea that the Government has done the best that it could on our collective behalf all the way along.

For many of those who can see this reality already – that these are the consequences of an entire political class going completely the wrong way – it is becoming easier by the day to conclude that those responsible must be punished for what they have done.

Yet we all share the responsibility for having allowed our system of government and democracy to deteriorate so far that we have such inept and ill-equipped politicians running the Country. People who genuinely believe they are doing their job but don’t have the background, life experience nor wherewithal to deal with a national crisis as they should. A culture that has taken over the British Political system and the process of democracy so comprehensively that there is no easy way to replace them with people who would take responsibility for those they represent and lead as they should.

Talk of punishment – however measured that talk might appear to be – is likely to prove prescient and as such a very irresponsible act as a restriction on its severity in these unchartered circumstances cannot be assured.

When things really begin to go as bad as they surely will, as 2021 progresses and as the furlough scheme and the false floor economy comes to its end, increasing numbers of people will become angry and start to look for answers. They are unlikely to be ready to listen to reason once focus has been redirected upon blame and their passion over this grand injustice has been inflamed.

The best and arguably most painful form of punishment that can be applied to the people responsible for all of this is for them to lose their jobs and power. For them to be replaced by people who will undertake the responsibilities of the very same roles in the way that they should have, and for all of them to never again be allowed take over public office of any kind and be allowed to use it for their own benefit.

What we don’t need to do is encourage a journey from one extreme form of consequential group prejudice to the another, just as wokeism, the rights lobby and political correctness has already done and is still determined to do.

Violence is likely to be an inevitable progression from talk of tribunals in the circumstances that we can expect to come.

No matter how justified it may feel to enact it upon those who have avoidably created and engendered such levels of harm, the damage some great and avoidable reckoning visited upon the proponents of the Lockdown and the Economic Crash will do to British society will haunt us in ways that are completely unimaginable. It will do so beyond all of our lifetimes, and like the French Revolution and the Great Terror it precipitated would probably do so for Centuries to come.

The kind of thinking at work here is short term in political terms. It doesn’t respect the rules of the political game that exists and is at work across the UK. One that dictates that you can only change the rules when you are in power and you can only gain power by playing by the rules.

Those currently focusing on the blame game would do much better to expend their energies proactively and start to work towards the creation and development of an alternative political force.

After all, playing the long game in politics will ensure that all the bases in the short game are properly covered too.

Cleeve.Cloud – Update

October 5, 2020 Leave a comment

Hi Everyone,

Following a conversation with TBC this morning, it has become clear that there are a number of commercial interests working on bids to hold a Lease on Cleeve Hill Golf Couse and the Clubhouse building after the current Lease ends on 31st March 2021.

With this in mind, I do not believe that it would be right to pursue a community-driven bid at the present time.

As we face what might become a very severe economic downturn in the months and possibly years ahead, it would be unfair and potentially irresponsible to seek funding from you all and to use up volunteer time and donated or sponsored resources to put together a bid like this, if there are people already happy to dig into their own pockets to keep the facility open, – even if it turns out to be run and operated in a very similar form to now.

It is a great shame that there are clearly a number of interests already working on or closely supporting bids, whilst deliberately misleading others to believe that they are not committed to any existing plan.

I nonetheless hope a bid will come through that proves to be both credible to the Council and ‘doable’ as far as those pursuing it are concerned.

It would be a great loss for the wider community if the Course should close simply because certain groups have focused all their efforts on getting the outcome they want for themselves rather than being open to working with others to create a solution that would be inclusive and beneficial to all.

Best wishes,

Adam

War would have been less damaging to our Country than the Government’s response to Coronavirus because people would at least still want to live

September 18, 2020 Leave a comment

As a regular walker, I am now used to the process of getting to know the people I meet regularly. Smiles become hellos. Hellos become a moment sharing the time of day or a view. Sharing a view becomes a discussion on a life and experience that you would never otherwise have known about.

One such series of encounters led me to become familiar with one old guy in the Village where I live, and as he regaled me with stories of the nights that he and his brother would catch a train from Gloucester to attend dances in the Village pub, it wasn’t the romantic idea of steam and a train station lost under the Beaching Act that captured my imagination the most. It was his memory of the time in the years after the Second World War when he said ‘We were glad to be alive’.

This was a conversation that came before Coronavirus and it did of course stir my thoughts on the entitlement and ‘take everything for granted’ culture that has been so prevalent, where young people don’t want to become Police Officers because they don’t like working nights, and soldiers are more likely to be experts at protesting the technicalities of their human rights after capture on a battlefield rather than pick up a heavy gun and fight and avoid being caught.

Yet since the Government’s response to Coronavirus began, what started as concern has been replaced with the utter disbelief that in only six months of a Conservative Government handling a ‘peacetime’ national crisis, people have been deliberately manipulated and conditioned so effectively that they are now afraid to live.

What is clear is the Government’s response to Coronavirus has been more damaging psychologically to the minds and thinking of British People and our national psyche than our direct involvement in a war would be.

In the 1940’s Blitz, as bombs dropped, neighbours and friends died, and houses, pubs and schools were completely destroyed, people still wanted – and were prepared – to go about their daily business in as normal way as possible. They looked each and every day in the eye and wanted to rebuild and rejuvenate the world around them so they could grasp everything and every opportunity that was there to be enjoyed.

Death was a regular visitor. But death was never inevitable for as long as people respected and worked on the basis that we were in in together.

Yet today, as we supposedly fight disproportionately against a cold like virus that the Government itself fears more than it understands, we are being forced to believe that by being together at any time, our early death is inevitable, whilst death itself is not present amongst us in any way that is different to what would be the seasonal norm.

What the hell have our politicians done?

How did they do it?

Why did they do it?

What does it tell us about the World to come?

Whilst fear makes the world turn at some level for everyone, many do not possess the awareness either to accept or to understand this.

Fear is the power that drives everything in this world at the deepest, most intrinsic level. And if the fear button is incorrectly and deliberately pushed, fear can do untold harm to anyone and everyone, no matter how rational they might believe or understand themselves to be.

If you have access to Netflix, you may have taken the 90 minutes or so to watch ‘The Social Dilemma’ which is a very recent release. It is certainly worth a view as it puts in perspective the harm that can be done and the consequences for us all when people’s minds are played with in the pursuit of profit when the only thing intended (and considered) by the Social Media platform is a fee-paying result.

The cultural use of Facebook, Twitter and just about every social media platform you can think of is having an adverse effect of some kind on all of our upcoming generations. And this is what happens when there isn’t the use of fear involved.

Flip the coin of behavioural control to its other side and you will find the pseudo science of Behavioural Economics or ‘nudging’ in order to achieve specific outcomes with people.

It’s what unscrupulous politicians who are only worried about controlling people would see as the easy way to ‘get things done’.

Social Media is filling up with discussion groups focusing on what is little more than a drive to change people’s behaviour without those same people being conscious that they are being influenced and changing the way they behave in any way.

It’s been a growth industry in recent years with No10 even having its own Behavioural Insights Team.

It was these guys who were called on when the Coronavirus Pandemic kicked into full swing and the Johnson Government – forever committed to controlling the agenda – decided that it was time to use their mind manipulation unit to get the whole population, rather than the virus, under control.

What the impact of Social Media on young minds, Behavioural Economics (or Insights) and Boris’ Lockdown behavioural controls on us all have in common, is they have a defined and measurable purpose. But the consequences or side effects of the actions taken are also not being given a second thought.

It’s a bit like the stories that you may have heard about live theatre shows where a well-known performer conducts hypnosis on members of the audience to get them to do things like barking like a dog or pretending to be something that they are not, whilst all the time they are ‘under’ and not aware of what they have done. Just as the hypnotiser can programme the person being hypnotised to do something with a trigger word at a future time, they can also be sewing all sorts of damage to the individuals mental health which can impact heavily upon their life to come.

The objective of the Government’s mind games at the beginning of the Lockdown, was control of the population. The method of hypnosis that they used was fear. The intended result was a population that would do what it was told wherever the words Covid-19 or Coronavirus were involved. The unforeseen consequence and the damage done is that people are now too afraid to live.

Whilst Lockdown and Social Distancing Measures of any kind continue to exist, it will be all but impossible to snap anyone out of the mind-meld that the Government has created, as continuation of these measures in any form will give legitimacy to lie that a real population-wide threat from Coronavirus continues to exist.

We are literally in the situation that until a responsible Government or Political Leader stands up and says this was all a crock of shit and that Coronavirus is just another illness that has to be treated and addressed quietly and without fuss just like everything else, this Government-inflicted malaise will continue and it will continue at rabid pace.

As we don’t have such worthy politicians in Westminster today, we are in effect staring into a void where none of the damage done can be reversed.

The damage was avoidable and should have been avoided. But this is what happens when irresponsible politicians get their hands-on irresponsible toys.

Whilst the political classes complain of the risk to their idea of democracy from fake news, it is the very same susceptibility to misinformation that people have that makes everyone vulnerable to what politicians have themselves done, just so they could retain the control they believed they had.

Any form of manipulation conducted deliberately will have wider and unknown consequences. Its use is therefore wrong.

Profit or control. The aim simply doesn’t matter. The cost is simply too high for the lives of those People involved.

As we go forward and we leave the days of this kind of government behind, this misuse of power and the roll out of this 21st Century ‘dark art’ must be regulated and kept under strict control.

The Lockdown measures have taken beneficial ‘nudging’ like the fly stickers in the urinals of Amsterdam Schiphol Airport to a nefarious extreme. The ability to manipulate minds in this way is simply too much responsibility for politicians and business people without scruples to have.

A 10-point plan to begin SAVING CLEEVE HILL GOLF COURSE

September 15, 2020 Leave a comment

Hello again. I wrote a blog a few days ago on Saving Cleeve Common Golf Course and covered the essential points that I wanted to share with you all, given my background as a former Tewkesbury Borough Councillor and Licensing Chair, and with the connection with Cleeve Common that both I and my family have, given that my Father Chris was Warden of the Common for the last 15 years of his life.

As a lot of you have taken the time to read what I have said, I felt it only fair that I follow up and provide an overview of my immediate thoughts on how I would approach saving Cleeve Common Golf Course and the Golf Club, and what I would suggest that you all need to think about to get started if that’s what you are resolved to do.

This overview is not comprehensive, and neither is it intended to be. In fact, I’ll bet that you will start to think of things yourself as you read through it. This is how you can all begin to put together a plan that will work!

Before I say anything else, what I am sure of from reading the comments and the views that I have by following the Facebook Group Save Cleeve Hill Golf Course, is there is both the will and passion necessary to do all that needs to be done, providing that everyone involved can approach this project with an open mind and remains committed to seeing it through – even when those lined up against you sound convincing when they say that it cannot be done.

The next thing is probably the most difficult thing for many to read, absorb and accept:

This is not just about saving the Golf Course and keeping Golf on Cleeve Common. This is about saving a community resource that must have the same meaning for everyone, whatever the Club represents to them. So, every perspective needs to be accommodated in your plans for the future as if it is your own personal No1 choice.

Representatives of different community Groups with an interest in the Common, The Golf Club or Cleeve Hill have been commenting and saying they are doing this or they are doing that – with the inference intended or otherwise, that others need to fall in line behind their efforts, because what they are already doing is somehow more important and more credible in some way.

The reality is that none of you will succeed if you attempt to develop a plan for the Course and the Club that focuses primarily on your own use and aims for these facilities.

YOU MUST give equal weight and value to those uses, priorities and opportunities that are not only your own.

Golf is no longer sustainable in its own right on Cleeve Common.

The suggestion has been made a number of times that the Clubhouse could be pulled down and replaced with temporary buildings as a simple golf club and that the Council would be happy with that.

Please, please, please think this through again.

I have seen nothing to suggest that there isn’t a longer-term plan for the Clubhouse and Car Park site in mind that will have a return for Tewkesbury Borough Council.

Without a formal repudiation of this possibility and guarantee that the site will be used as a car park and nothing else in perpetuity from Tewkesbury Borough Council (if the closure goes ahead), I would suggest that all bets would be on a sale or development plan for the site coming into public view as soon as the facilities are fully closed, the Course has been returned to ‘common’ and there is a perception that the matter has been forgotten.

Your job now, is to come up with a plan that means more to the Council and how it is perceived by Taxpayers than what they might believe to be simple economic sense.

Saving the Golf Course and the Clubhouse have to be seen as one and the same. As the future of both as a community resource lies in them being saved, preserved and taken forward together.

Neither the Golf Course nor the Clubhouse will survive on their own.

Whilst the Clubhouse is ‘old’ and in ‘desperate’ need of renewal and refurbishment, I have no reason to doubt that retaining the existing ‘iconic’ building and actually making it the centrepieces of this project is the best thing to do.

Reports for local authorities and government organisations are notorious for having the conclusions spoon-fed to consultants as part of their brief. So it would take a lot to convince me that the structure of the Clubhouse is so far gone that in the hands of someone who wants to save it and is prepared to use creativity to do that, it cannot therefore be saved.

Finally, it is also vital to understand and accept that this isn’t just a Cleeve Hill thing.

It’s a Bishops Cleeve thing.

It’s a Winchcombe thing

It’s a Woodmancote thing.

It’s a Cheltenham thing.

It’s a Tewkesbury thing.

It’s a Cotswold thing.

And if you start to think about it in those terms, you will begin to see the wide range of possibilities for co-working, partnerships and the stakeholder engagement opportunities that are involved that are there to be seized. The ideas turned into action that can and will make this project work.

It is vital that you recognise that you have the power to achieve the goal of saving the Golf Course and the Clubhouse. But every time you pass on or ‘surrender’ that decision or choice to Politicians, to Groups, to the Council, to the Media or to anyone else who isn’t amongst those who feel and believe the same, part of the momentum and with it part of the sum of the chances that together will lead to success will be lost.

If it is your decision to save Cleeve Hill Golf Course and Clubhouse, Do it.

Don’t let anyone else convince you that the future of the ‘Club’ is anyone else’s to ‘own’ or dictate.

And bear in mind, action speak louder than words.

So, to the steps:

1.) Set up ‘Silver Linings’ – The management group and operating company

To be successful, you need to create a management group that will become the board of the operating company. Let’s call it ‘Silver Linings Leisure’. (You get it?!)

Getting the membership of this board right is important. The decisions they make on behalf of everyone will influence whether this project succeeds or fails, and what particular events or actions happen that will push it either way.

You ideally need 6-12 people who are not only committed to saving the Golf Course and Clubhouse. They must also be committed enough and be able to offer the time and energy over at least the next 6-12 months to take this idea and lead the process to make it happen – against all the odds.

Of the board, all of the key user groups should be represented and have voting rights.

Members of the board who are representatives of other community groups MUST have the delegated responsibility to make representative decisions there and then at meetings of the board – as there will not be the time to go back and forth to consult.

Don’t include politicians or anyone else who is an activist looking to gain, grow or enhance their public profile locally. Also don’t include representatives of the staff – or at least don’t let them vote on decisions if you really feel that you must do so.

PLEASE BE AWARE: ALL of you will be volunteers.

You WILL NOT be paid for what you are doing unless you become employed by the operating company in the future.

As a volunteer it is important to remember that everyone else is volunteering too and that you cannot treat others like they are doing a job or like they are employed.

Volunteers take on voluntary roles because they will get something from helping that may not be apparent to anyone else involved. If you make demands on them as if they don’t have a choice, they will very quickly walk.

Expect nothing. Appreciate everything that everyone else does!

2.) Identify your key officers and their responsibilities, agree a basic constitution and become a legal entity

Whilst this really will be a community effort, it is still essential that people take on the key roles and become identifiable as the ‘people to go to’ for those outside of ‘Silver Linings’ so that this specific project will work.

My suggestion is the key roles go to people who have experience of running and developing businesses or organisations, of working with a range of different people and probably have project management skills in the broader sense (Whole business unit rather than just a piece of work or delivering a specific project). They will know who they are, and I would encourage them to make themselves known to the group quickly – IF they feel they can commit the energy and time.

As a start you will probably need:

  • chairman/spokesperson,
  • finance officer/treasurer
  • secretary/public point of contact
  • social media manager
  • media officer
  • project officer
  • purchasing officer
  • an acceptance that the requirements of this project may need responsibilities to flow between  

All of your new Officers must be happy having a public profile and be sure that there will be no conflict with their day jobs or any other roles that they have in the local community. (Conflict means anything that could influence them to change decisions or make decisions that they wouldn’t if they had not become involved. It’s the possibility that counts. Not whether they would or wouldn’t do it)

Write and agree your basic constitution:

You must become a legal entity to be taken seriously by the Council, the Board of Conservators and any other organisation (like funders and sponsors) with whom ‘Silver Linings’ wishes to become involved.

The constitution doesn’t need to be complicated. It just needs to cover the basic reasons for ‘Silver Linings’ being ‘constituted’ in the first place – and the key reason is widely known!

This document is also how where you divide up responsibilities and put together some basic protocols for governance and how decisions are made and where responsibility falls.

Register as a charity and/or limited company

Once you have your Officers and your Constitution, you can set up ‘Silver Linings’ as a legal entity.

 In the first instance, setting up as a charity and registering a limited company would probably be wise. This is after all a community venture with a commercial drive, or what some people recognise as a ‘social enterprise’.

There will very probably be an accountant, solicitor and/or barrister based locally who would be supportive of the project and be prepared to help get this part of the process tied up so that the members of the board are protected right from the start. Find the right one and they may even take on one of your key board roles!

Set up a bank account

Coronavirus and the Lockdown has slowed down the process of getting business bank accounts open. So as soon as the Constitution is agreed, you have the names of your Board (and account signatories) agreed and you have ‘Silver Linings’ legally set up, you should get the process underway.

Ideally there should be a number of different signatories on the account and any payment should only be able to be authorised by a minimum of two.

3.) Arrange meetings with the Key Stakeholders

Meet with Tewkesbury Borough Council.

You MUST engage with Tewkesbury Council as quickly as possible.

Ideally you should meet with the relevant Portfolio Holder (Who I understand to be Cllr. Rob Vines), The CEO (Mike Dawson), whoever the delegated officer dealing with the matter day to day will be, and the Ward Councillor(s) representing Cleeve Hill should really be at the first meeting too.

The local Councillors should be included so that they can fulfil their role as local elected representatives. This IS NOT the same thing as representing your case directly to the Council and I would advise strongly against entrusting them to communicate with either the Council or with Council Officers on your behalf, as there is simply too much to lose.

Your primary aim at the meeting should be to identify what Tewkesbury Borough Council would be seeking in the first instance from ‘Silver Linings’ to take on the Lease on 1st April 2021.

This will include things like:

  • Lease fees (rent)
  • Deposit
  • Guarantees
  • liabilities (who fixes what etc)
  • duration of the Lease etc.

What the Council will want now may be different to what they will accept once a full proposal has been put together which is credible and demonstrates how the project will benefit the community (and the Council) both economically AND in other ways.

It is essential that you DO NOT approach the Council expecting them to give you anything less than the terms of what you know the existing Lease to be in the first instance.

This is The Council’s opportunity to set out its stall. I would be inclined to take what they say they will or won’t do very seriously, as this is the stepping off point and the basis upon which the ‘Silver Linings’ project can be built.

Record the meeting if they will allow you to. Do not do so without permission.

Take notes either way and write the minutes whilst the meeting is fresh in your mind. Run them past whoever was there from the board to check that nothing was missed or nothing was misheard.

Meet with the Board of Conservators:

Gauge how they feel about things and see what they can do to support ‘Silver Linings’.

Is there a way that you could support what they are doing and build it into the ‘plan’?

Please be aware that Tewkesbury Borough Council is represented by a Borough Councillor on the Board of Conservators

4.) Publicise ALL progress and be transparent

Publish the minutes of all meetings ASAP.

Send copies to ALL other parties so that they have the opportunity to challenge any conclusions from your notes or ask for changes and/or reviews.

Make sure that EVERYONE with an interest gets a copy sent directly to their Inbox and a copy is made publicly available on the website.

If you have someone who is good at writing and has time, think about starting a blog diary of events and everything that is being done. This will be a fantastic way to engage the local community and gain support as you go along!

5.) Set up a Crowdfunder

Saving Cleeve Hill Golf Course is enough in itself to get a Go Fund Me page (or similar) going right now.

Money will be needed for basic things like a website and basic expenses to begin with and its not a good habit for anyone to simply cover the cost of anything they do directly out of their own pocket without it being recorded.

Information like this helps with the business plan and could potentially be used in future funding bids if you ever apply for ‘match funding’ where a funder effectively offers to match what you are putting in from other sources – which could include direct ‘donations’.

Be patient about pushing a more substantial funding campaign. You will only be able to start putting the more substantive capital and revenue costs together as you go down this list and know what it will take financially to get the new ‘Silver Linings’ Clubhouse open and supported financially for an appropriate period until it breaks even, can sustain itself and then even pay back loans or better still, reinvest in the development of the ‘business’!

.Once the full project has been costed, that will be the right time to consider whether issuing shares in the new operating company would work. You will need to answer questions like:

  • How much would they need to be?
  • Will we be able to offer any dividends?
  • If we don’t offer dividends, what will our ‘shareholders’ get in return

6.) Write your Business Plan

I’m not sure anyone who has ever launched a business likes writing their own business plans. It’s too easy to get carried away and think you already know everything that needs to be done, but it’s that same enthusiasm that can really catch you out.

Even if you didn’t need a credible business plan to show to Stakeholders, investors and anyone you might be seeking support from, it’s a really good idea to put the most comprehensive business plan that you can together and work out the costings down to a detailed level, making sure that you build in as much scope to cover unforeseen or unanticipated events and risks as possible.

Writing a plan can be tricky with a seasonal business like this one will be. The good news is you already know your handover date or rather the date that ‘Silver Linings’ will move in and takeover Cleeve Hill Golf Course and the Clubhouse if this project is a success!

You have a timeline and so you know when everything needs to be done.

The Council and The Board of Conservators will want to see a credible plan built around this timeline that demonstrates you have thought everything through and how the process of turning the business around will be worked through, when ‘milestones’ or key events in the timetable will be reached and basically, when everything that needs to be done will get done.

The key question:

The biggest part of the project will be refurbishing the Clubhouse.

I would suggest that the best way to do this will be to utilise all of the local tradesmen talent who already use the Club and aim to do something like DIY SOS where everyone mucks in over a period of a week or a fortnight to upgrade, install and refurbish the Clubhouse from top to bottom so that the new ‘Club’ and the services that it offers as a ‘Hub’ can all be offered immediately in a late April or May Bank Holiday ‘relaunch’.

Detail is important, so this isn’t just rewiring, repanelling, repainting.

  • Can internal walls be moved?
  • Can the bar be changed?
  • How can the toilets be better planned?
  • What facilities MUST we have?
  • What needs to be changed to meet current legislation and rules?

You will need to agree on what the ‘Clubhouse’ experience will be. How it is now is how it has been for a long time and it’s going to need to be decorated and designed in a way that it maximises the strengths that it has.

If I was looking at this project on my own, I’d probably be asking questions along the lines of would it be possible to decorate the whole thing like an alpine or Rocky Mountain chalet with a centrepiece wood burner with Cotswold stone and reclaimed wood panels or something like that. It would fit with the whole thing.

Detail is really important to and as part of the revamp, I’d be considering the machinery area, the car park and the walls around the site too. NOT only what you think other people will see.

Also, could a neighbouring field be rented in the summer months to provide car parking perhaps?

Where is the added value for people going to be that is not obvious to see?

So how will ‘Silver Linings’ pay?

The USP or unique selling point of the Clubhouse and the Golf Course is the location.

The questions that need to be answered and thought through include:

  • What services can be offered from the site that we can provide?
  • What services can be offered from the site that a partner commercial organisation could and would want to provide?
  • What local organisations would benefit from the facilities?
  • What can the site offer tourists to the area?
  • What services could you offer if you paired up with local stables, local hotels, local B&Bs, Local breweries, local distilleries, Local Schools, local community organisations and treated the Clubhouse as a local ‘Hub’?

What is important to bear in mind is that people easily forget that things they haven’t experienced themselves are there.

  • How will you get new people in?
  • How will you get them coming back again?
  • How will you ensure that the customer/user experience is always as good as you yourself would want it to be?

Having a facility like this lends itself to year-round, all-day activities and sales opportunities if everything is thought through and is used as it should.

You will need a management in team that has the vison to see this and the wherewithal to implement it too.

But as I said in my last blog, the biggest responsibility for keeping people coming through the doors will be down to you.

7.) Get commitments from ‘contractors’

You will need an architect and/or surveyor to check out everything that can, cannot and must be done to the clubhouse.

Once you have a style and format agreed, you can then look at dividing up the different tasks to the different contractors and tradespeople that I mentioned above.

By this stage, you will have fixed dates in mind and you will be able to tell everyone who is able to volunteer when you will require their time.

8.) Think about getting sponsorship

The list of local companies likely to want to support a ‘feel good’ local community project might not be as long right now as it would at other times, but the opportunities for relationships that are mutually beneficial may have never been so good – particularly if you can sell a company’s products for them!

People have mentioned Julian Dunkerton from Superdry. Well he owns a Dunkerton’s Cider too and whilst the Clubhouse might not be on the Lucky Onion’s hitlist, a commitment to sell his Cider for a short time might get you a discount on the purchase price and be all it takes to get some help and expertise to redevelop the bar and kitchen area to see how it can be made to work best. They may well be happy to promote ‘Silver Linings’ too!

Cotswold Distillery, Hook Norton Brewery, Goff’s, Donnington Brewery to name but a few may all have an interest in you promoting their products. There are bakers, butchers, ice cream makers and all sorts of other great local producers too. So, pick up the phone and ask what they would be prepared to do!

9.) Think about starting funding applications

Once you’ve covered the bases above, you’ll be starting to get a much clearer picture of what ‘Silver Linings’ is going to look like and what its going to cost going forward.

But there are other questions to be asked such as:

  • What investment will the Golf Course need to attract the players, membership and recognition that it needs?
  • What resources does the Clubhouse need to become more attractive to other users – for instance would a minibus and a service down to Cleeve and Winchcombe be the help that it needs?

For a social enterprise that is aiming high to help the community, there will be funding options that can be considered for the long term. But they may not be available in the time that you would like and that’s where the cycle of funding and going back to crowdfunding and then issuing share options begins.

10.) Handover in April 2021

Never lose sight of this date. This is what you are working to. If you can’t be ready to take over the running of Cleeve Hill Golf Course and the Clubhouse on this date – it cannot be done!

OK. So this was a little longer than I thought it would be, but its really only a guide and a guide to what needs to be done as a start at that.

If I can answer questions about any of the above, please post them as comments on this blog below. I will aim to help wherever I can.

Best wishes and good luck to you all!

Adam

The community can SAVE CLEEVE HILL GOLF COURSE. But don’t expect Tewkesbury Borough Council or any local politicians to do it on their own

September 9, 2020 2 comments

I was deeply saddened to read the news this week that Cleeve Hill Golf Club is set to close at the end of March 2021.

Reading the comments on the Facebook Page Save Cleeve Hill Golf Course that has been set up to try and save this well-known local community resource, I could feel the passion and frustration that is already tangible amongst a great many people, whilst from a very different perspective understand fully why the decision and circumstances that are publicly known today will come across as being so unfair.

Those of you who know me will be aware that Cleeve Common occupies a very special part of my family history. My father Chris was the Warden of the Common for some 15 years up until shortly before his death in early 2006 and I am a regular walking visitor myself, having only been for a circular walk with my new pup early this past Sunday morning.

I was also a Tewkesbury Borough Councillor for 8 years and Chair of the Licensing Committee for 4 of them. Whilst I don’t agree with the conclusions or views from the Council I have read publicly, I am well aware of how such decisions these days will have been reached and what factors are likely to have motivated them.

On the Council’s side of the ‘problem’, the current Leaseholder has given notice or taken the opportunity not to renew the Lease (Which regrettably makes a lot of sense). The Council has commissioned a report that says the Golf Club and Course isn’t commercially viable. The Council has concluded that the Clubhouse is beyond a sensible cost for renewal and repair.

But it’s what the Council isn’t saying publicly about their longer-term plans for the Clubhouse site which should really be the starting point for any public interest about the way the decision has been reached – especially in such challenging times for the hospitality and leisure industries.

With the prospect of such a well-known public facility about to be closed, everyone with an interest in Cleeve Hill and the Golf Club has the right to be sure that there isn’t some hidden agenda or longer-term plan at work that is being sold to us as something else as it is convenient and politically expedient to do so right now.

Tewkesbury Borough Council would do well to formally assure the Public immediately that there isn’t any plan for the value of the Clubhouse site to be realised in the future by allowing private development to take place in a process that will benefit the Council financially or in some other way.

To be fair to Tewkesbury Borough, ALL Councils are struggling financially for a range of reasons. Some are local and of their own making. But many are handed to them by the Westminster Government and are therefore not theirs to own.

Right across Local Government, Councillors and Officers have simply lost sight of the fact that they are there to manage public assets like these in our best interests and that Councils are not a business that they can or should even try to run like it is something that they personally own.

Meanwhile, on the Public side of ‘debate’, Cleeve Hill Golf Course is a community asset. Golf Courses are popular and financially viable all around the Cotswolds and the Gloucestershire area. The Course is a landmark and part of our local history and is arguably unique. The Golf course could be better utilised to give local people – and especially young people more constructive things to do.

But the numbers of fee-paying players who go through the Clubhouse and on to a Course like Cleeve Common, in this state and in this location is probably smaller that it may to appearances seem.

The Clubhouse itself is not used regularly in the way that it could be by significant numbers of local people as a pub or destination, and certainly not now during these times that the Government response to Coronavirus continues. Could you really look back to cold, dark misty winter nights on Cleeve Hill and say that this is somewhere that you would then definitely want to be?

Painful as it is to write, the reality is that Tewkesbury Borough Council has already indicated that it will not subsidise the Golf Course. We must all be big enough to recognise that there is a case to be argued that if the Council were going to subsidise anything, there are likely to be other public services that local Public money should be used to prioritise within the local community first.

Equally however, none of us would knowingly invest money in any project that would not command a realistic return. With the cost of modernising and refitting the Clubhouse likely to be the reason why the Council’s Consultants have concluded that it would be better to pull it down, you might begin to see that the Council would probably want to have any investment returned in full in what might be little more than a ten-year period.

Put it this way, if the work considered necessary to re-let the Clubhouse and Course commercially were £400,000.00 up front, the £769.23 per week repayment cost before interest, added to the existing c.£1000.00 per week rental fee would simply make the prospect of taking on the project commercially absurd, when you put it into the perspective of the impact of Coronavirus, The Lockdown and everything else.

Whilst what I have written above is intended merely as a quick guide of the likely mechanics of what is going on, it certainly doesn’t make the decision or any of the unseen influences upon it feel in any way right.

What it does do is suggest strongly that petitions and banging on the doors of Councillors and the Tewkesbury and Cheltenham MPs will ultimately prove not to be enough to yield any meaningful fruit – no matter how sympathetic they or any other local person of influence may be minded to be about saving the Clubhouse and the Course.

If you genuinely want to save Cleeve Hill Golf Course, the community made up of people with an interest in using it will need to come up with an alternative solution to the one that our local Councillors and the Officers that advise them have tabled.

It will have to be one that really works.

It is likely that the Golf Course and the Golf Clubhouse can and will only be saved by a community based, not-for-profit approach such as a social enterprise.

Any kind of commercial or ‘profit-making’ approach without a ridiculous amount of risk and accepted loss is extremely unlikely to be viable in any way.

Whether right or wrong, the starting point for any valid discussion with the Council would be the general understanding and acceptance on the part of everyone who wants to save Cleeve Hill Golf Course that the only thing that can be expected as a minimum will be the good will of the Council to keep the Golf Course open as a Public Community Asset. There must be recognition that any acceptable plan is unlikely to have any additional financial cost to the Council involved.

Crowdfunding is an option to cover remedial work and repairs – especially as the site and location is so popular. This project would have significant attraction if it was marketed just right.

But if there is a genuine will amongst the local community to not only save Cleeve Hill Golf Club and the Clubhouse, but to actually see it thrive, then everyone who wants to see it open and there to use will also have to be both a user and evangelist of the facilities that are on offer. Everyone must make sure that no matter whether they are golfers, a youth group or a local group of ramblers, the operating company that takes over runs and promotes the whole thing and manages this fabulous community asset as both a facility and experience that is accessible to all and is open and ready year-round for everyone to use.

There isn’t much time. To save this resource, a sensible and non-combative dialogue needs to begin with Tewkesbury Borough Council right now, so that the Council has the chance to make clear what they can and can’t do. The Community will then be better placed to consider, put together and then table a proposal and take the steps necessary that might then lead to a 2021 win-win for users, the Council and of course, most if not all of those who are currently facing the loss of their jobs.

The people who use and love the Golf Course and the Common may not have the skills and experience to tackle this issues and drive forward as individuals alone.

But working together, it is almost certain that all of the skills, experience and motivation necessary to save Cleeve Hill Golf Course already exists.

Embrace the Reset. Own the Reset. Make the Reset work for real people just like you. Don’t let the Reset be stolen and used against us all by the few

August 31, 2020 Leave a comment

You may have noticed that the word ‘Reset’ is increasingly being used in media posts, most often by people who are talking up the idea that Coronavirus was always a stage of a deliberate plan to completely restructure the way that we are governed. All as part of a process of creating a new world government to benefit the few.

The common response goes something along the lines of ‘No to the Reset’, very much in the sense that this is all a question of us (the ‘people’) vs. them (whoever ‘they’ are).

The problem for anyone adopting this approach, particularly from the anti-Lockdown/anti-Government camp, is that the coming Reset is now inevitable. Ignoring that fact will only lead to normal people being left behind.

There is plenty of information and even video clips are being circulated by conspiracy theorists and used to give credence to the argument that there is a grand plan at work that is set to enslave us all.

But the reality is that any words spoken by any business or government leaders that give credence to such interpretations will only become prescient if together we fail to grasp the opportunity that we now have to take back control of our destiny. The time is now coming when we can run this Country for the best interests of everyone – just like it always should have been.

No matter how compelling the Lockdown, Social Distancing, the requirement that we wear masks, the plans for rolling out a Vaccine or anything else might seem as evidence that there is a deliberate strategy at work, we are in fact seeing and experiencing a series of decisions taken in isolation by a political class which is completely and utterly out of its depth.

Hindsight gives the lie to what appears a perfect flow of planned events. But it is a chronology that a reasoned perspective can certainly see.

Every decision that has been made in response to Coronavirus by this Government has been taken by politicians who are driven by fear, doing all that they can in each and every moment to retain control in any way that they believe that they can.

The consequences beyond the attempted control of a virus that our Politicians neither understood nor had any way to control were never considered at any point. This was illustrated by the statement made by MP Steve Baker in July that showed how even more independently minded MPs outside of the immediate sphere of Government influence were taken in by the rhetoric. Even they lacked the foresight and understanding to see that where the Government was taking us would be completely wrong.

published on Twitter at 6.44 on 20/07/2020

The Lockdown was a universal response to a specific problem, followed up with targeted solutions for the obvious rather than the universal consequences that the Government had unwittingly imposed.

Instead of shutting down the flow of money when so much of the economy had been shut down, Rishi Sunak picked up the Public Cheque book and started fire-hosing cash at everything they could come up with as needing to be subsidised.

Because of the economic model that the Government and the people who advise them so stupidly follow, they believe that halting monetary flow would be problematic.

This ‘solution’ that was adopted, which as part of the whole Government ‘response’ to the Coronavirus Pandemic has hurt far more people to date than it will ever have helped, only benefited the money men temporarily. But it has actually set everyone up for an inevitable and massive economic fall.

The economic fall that will be with us in the months ahead, will become apparent to more and more of us as the days pass, the Furlough Money dries up and the redundancies pick up speed.

But that economic fall is the collapse of the monetary system as we have known it for a very long time. It will be the end of the FIAT Money System where the big banks and the financial houses have control over everything, where deregulation has allowed them to create money from nothing and then lend it at interest in a way that means only they and those they underwrite can ever win.

These private interests cannot control what happens next if we have people in power and in government who understand what has been happening. Leaders who are committed to changing the system to one that works for all as it should be. Most importantly, public representatives who cannot be bought.

The coming reset became our destiny the moment that the Lockdown began.

It was only the scale of that reset which has been dictated by decision after decision that the Johnson Government has made ever since that time.

If Johnson and this Political Class remain in power and oversee the UKs pathway through the turbulence that is yet to come, you can be assured that whether the next government is led by Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat or politicians representing any of the Political Parties that we already know, they will not only allow but will celebrate the creation or recreation of an economic system that will inevitably put the interests of the majority of people firmly last.

It is a situation that we should all be afraid of. Life is already unbearable for many across the UK and the World, and if this political culture remains the same, things will only get worse and worse.

Without change, the opportunities that the Coronavirus Pandemic and the Economic Crisis will give us to enact positive change will be stolen and reassigned to benefit the very same few.

The Reset is ours for the taking. The Reset is there for us to own. The Reset is the opportunity for massive societal and economic change that so many of us genuinely want for the better.

But the Reset will not be ours to decide if people who are angry and frustrated with this disaster of a Government and the political class it represents carry on believing that the experience they are having and the response to be made is one for them to decide and enact on their own.

It was a huge mistake by the Anti-Lockdown movement to adopt David Icke as a figurehead and allow him to speak at the London March this weekend. There is no worldwide fascist-derived conspiracy.

We have been, are, and without reasoned action NOW, will continue to be at the mercy of a few who already have much compared to others who just want a lot more and are obsessively on the make.

Nobody has a guidebook or a history lesson to tell them how the coming months are going to unfold. Obsessing about the decisions that Government has made will not change anything and it will certainly do nothing to help the removal of all those who have influenced or made such catastrophic decisions. Yet to go forward, we must facilitate the removal of all of those involved.

The question of why all this has happened doesn’t really matter. Its what we do to take control of what happens next that counts. That is where our efforts need to be focused now.

There. Is. NO. CONSPIRACY. (Don’t get high on David Icke’s supply…)

August 27, 2020 2 comments

I don’t know whether to laugh or cry.

Reason seems not only to have left the Government and the process of making decisions for us all. It also appears to have evaporated from the thinking of more or less everyone who has lined themselves up against the Government under the guise of being Lockdown Sceptics, Anti-Lockdown, Anti-Mask, Anti-Social Distancing or indeed any of the growing number of Anti-Government activist movements that the Lockdown has brought into being.

In what seems to have been a very quick turn of events – and when I say quick, I am numbering this development in terms of just a few days – what looked like it might become a growing legitimate campaign lining up against the injustices visited upon us all, has entered and then accelerated on a downward spiral of obsessing over conspiracy theories as a way of explaining and justifying its cause.

Trying to explain or find a way to explain events that appear to defy logic – as is the case with just about everything that the Government has recently done – is perfectly natural for all of us.

However, there is nothing for anyone to be gained by attempting to use conspiracy theories to explain the actions of very stupid politicians who have power and responsibility that they have no idea how to control.

Too many of us look for the most complicated ways to explain things we are unhappy with. Yet it is the simplest explanation that will usually do.

Hanlon’s Razer says ‘Never Attribute to Malice That Which Can be Adequately Explained By Stupidity.

Whilst it seems impossible to believe that we could have a completely inept, incompetent Government ‘running’ the UK today – especially in the middle of a national crisis, this is the reality we have to face.

We give politicians far more credit than they deserve and fall into the trap of believing that anyone who has attained high or elected office must surely be as clever or as intelligent as they come.

People can have the ‘best’ education, come from the ‘best’ backgrounds, have the ‘best’ connections and have lives that make it look like they have been privileged in every single way. But they can still be completely and utterly stupid. Being in politics and elected to high office does not make them immune from the moments or entire lifetimes of stupidity that can afflict us all.

This is about basic human behaviour. The way that normal people behave. The only difference when we consider the case of the people who lead us is the way those of us who outside the Westminster bubble perceive these ‘politicians’ to be.

There is no grand plan at work. Coronavirus is not the weapon of a clandestine secret world government that sits above Boris Johnson and his Government, actively pulling their strings.

Yes, the Lockdown and the Johnson Government’s actions in response to it are going to bring about a massive ‘reset’.

But those actions have caused the coming reset. The outcomes they have and will create were not in any way planned in advance.

The Coronavirus Pandemic and the fallout from their response to it is not something that Johnson & Co were equipped to deal with. It is not something that they have precipitated knowingly by choice.

Sadly, by failing to recognise that politicians cannot and will not change their direction and their way of doing things because they are behaving stupidly, many of the people who are talking up conspiracies to explain this stupidity are themselves behaving stupidly too.

This is bad enough. But when time is s